]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/w32term.c
(x_draw_bar_cursor): Update parameter list in declaration.
[gnu-emacs] / src / w32term.c
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
29
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
34
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
38 #include "keymap.h"
39
40 #include <ctype.h>
41 #include <errno.h>
42 #include <setjmp.h>
43 #include <sys/stat.h>
44
45 #include "keyboard.h"
46 #include "frame.h"
47 #include "dispextern.h"
48 #include "fontset.h"
49 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "termopts.h"
51 #include "termchar.h"
52 #include "gnu.h"
53 #include "disptab.h"
54 #include "buffer.h"
55 #include "window.h"
56 #include "intervals.h"
57 #include "composite.h"
58 #include "coding.h"
59
60 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
61
62 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
63
64 \f
65 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
66
67 enum fringe_bitmap_type
68 {
69 NO_FRINGE_BITMAP,
70 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
71 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
72 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
73 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
74 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
75 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
76 };
77
78 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
79 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
80 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
81 reflected here. */
82
83 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
84 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
85
86 #define zv_width 8
87 #define zv_height 72
88 #define zv_period 3
89 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
90 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
91 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
92 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
93 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
94 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
95 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
96 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
97 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
98 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
99
100 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
101
102 #define left_width 8
103 #define left_height 8
104 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
105 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
106 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
107
108 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
109
110 #define right_width 8
111 #define right_height 8
112 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
113 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
114 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
115
116 /* Marker for continued lines. */
117
118 #define continued_width 8
119 #define continued_height 8
120 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
121 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
122 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
123
124 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
125
126 #define continuation_width 8
127 #define continuation_height 8
128 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
129 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
130 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
131
132 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
133
134 #if 0
135 /* A bomb. */
136 #define ov_width 8
137 #define ov_height 8
138 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
139 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
140 #else
141 /* A triangular arrow. */
142 #define ov_width 8
143 #define ov_height 8
144 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
145 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
146 #endif
147 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
148
149 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
150
151 \f
152 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
153
154 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
155
156 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
157 (The display is done in read_char.) */
158
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
160 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
161 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
162 static int help_echo_pos;
163
164 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
165
166 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
167
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 start. */
170
171 static int any_help_event_p;
172
173 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
174
175 int mouse_autoselect_window;
176
177 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
178 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
179 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
180
181 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
182
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
186
187 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
188
189 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
190
191 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
192
193 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
194 unsigned char *text, int dim);
195 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
196
197 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
198 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
199
200 \f
201 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
202 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
203 struct w32_display_info *x_display_list;
204
205 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
206 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
207 NAME is the name of the frame.
208 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
209 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
210
211 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
212 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
213 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
214 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
215 is the frame to apply to. */
216 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
217
218 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
219 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
220
221 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
222 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
223 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
224
225 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
226
227 /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */
228 HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd;
229 int w32_system_caret_height;
230 int w32_system_caret_x;
231 int w32_system_caret_y;
232 int w32_use_visible_system_caret;
233
234 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
235 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
236 for Far East languages. */
237 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
238
239 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
240 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
241 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
242 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
243
244 #ifndef SIF_ALL
245 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
246 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
247 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
248 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
249 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
250 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
251 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
252
253 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
254 {
255 UINT cbSize;
256 UINT fMask;
257 int nMin;
258 int nMax;
259 UINT nPage;
260 int nPos;
261 int nTrackPos;
262 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
263 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
264 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
265
266 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
267 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
268 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
269
270 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
271 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
272 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
273
274 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
275
276 /* Mouse movement. */
277
278 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
279
280 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
281 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
282 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
283
284 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
285
286 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
287
288 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
289 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
290
291 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
292 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
293
294 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
295 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
296
297 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
298
299 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
300 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
301 an ordinary motion.
302
303 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
304 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
305 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
306 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
307
308 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
309 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
310 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
311 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
312 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
313 it's somewhat accurate. */
314
315 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
316
317 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
318 events. */
319
320 #ifdef __STDC__
321 static int volatile input_signal_count;
322 #else
323 static int input_signal_count;
324 #endif
325
326 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
327
328 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
329
330 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
331 extern int errno;
332 #endif
333
334 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
335
336 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;
337
338 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
339 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
340
341 enum draw_glyphs_face
342 {
343 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
344 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
345 DRAW_CURSOR,
346 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
347 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
348 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
349 };
350
351 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
352 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
353 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
354 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
355 int *, int *, Lisp_Object));
356 static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object,
357 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
358 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
359 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
360 int *, int *, int *, int));
361 static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
362 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
363 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
364 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
365 struct input_event *));
366 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
367 enum draw_glyphs_face));
368 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *));
369 static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
370
371 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
372 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
373 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
374 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
375 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
376 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
377 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
378 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
379 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
380 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
381 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
382 struct glyph_row *,
383 enum draw_glyphs_face));
384 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
385 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
386 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
387 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
388 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
389 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
390 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
391 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
392 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
393 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
394 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
395 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
396 struct frame *));
397 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
398 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
399 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
400 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int,
401 enum text_cursor_kinds));
402 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
403 static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
404 static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
405 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
406 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
407 static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
408 RECT *));
409 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
410 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
411 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
412 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
413 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
414 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
415 static void w32_draw_fringe_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc,
416 struct glyph_row *,
417 enum fringe_bitmap_type, int left_p));
418 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
419 HDC, int));
420 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
421 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *,
422 struct glyph_row *));
423 static void notice_overwritten_cursor P_ ((struct window *,
424 enum glyph_row_area,
425 int, int, int, int));
426
427 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
428
429 \f
430 /***********************************************************************
431 Debugging
432 ***********************************************************************/
433
434 #if 0
435
436 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
437 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
438
439 struct record
440 {
441 char *locus;
442 int type;
443 };
444
445 struct record event_record[100];
446
447 int event_record_index;
448
449 record_event (locus, type)
450 char *locus;
451 int type;
452 {
453 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
454 event_record_index = 0;
455
456 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
457 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
458 event_record_index++;
459 }
460
461 #endif /* 0 */
462 \f
463
464 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
465 XGCValues *xgcv)
466 {
467 if (mask & GCForeground)
468 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
469 if (mask & GCBackground)
470 gc->background = xgcv->background;
471 if (mask & GCFont)
472 gc->font = xgcv->font;
473 }
474
475 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
476 XGCValues *xgcv)
477 {
478 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
479 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
480
481 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
482
483 return gc;
484 }
485
486 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
487 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
488 {
489 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
490 }
491
492 static void
493 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
494 {
495 if (rect)
496 {
497 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
498 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
499 DeleteObject (clip_region);
500 }
501 else
502 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
503 }
504
505
506 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
507 void
508 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
509 int width, int height)
510 {
511 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
512 HPEN hp, oldhp;
513
514 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
515 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
516 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
517 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
518
519 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
520
521 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
522 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
523 DeleteObject (hb);
524 DeleteObject (hp);
525 }
526
527 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
528 void
529 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
530 FRAME_PTR f;
531 HDC hdc;
532 COLORREF pix;
533 RECT * lprect;
534 {
535 HBRUSH hb;
536
537 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
538 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
539 DeleteObject (hb);
540 }
541
542 void
543 w32_clear_window (f)
544 FRAME_PTR f;
545 {
546 RECT rect;
547 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
548
549 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
550 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
551 of 0 indicates this. */
552 if (hdc)
553 {
554 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
555 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
556 }
557
558 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
559 }
560
561 \f
562 /***********************************************************************
563 Starting and ending an update
564 ***********************************************************************/
565
566 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
567 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
568 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
569 each window being updated. */
570
571 static void
572 x_update_begin (f)
573 struct frame *f;
574 {
575 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
576
577 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
578 return;
579
580 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
581 colors has changed. */
582 if (display_info->regen_palette)
583 {
584 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
585 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
586 }
587 }
588
589
590 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
591 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
592 position of W. */
593
594 static void
595 x_update_window_begin (w)
596 struct window *w;
597 {
598 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
599 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
600
601 /* Hide the system caret during an update. */
602 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
603 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0);
604
605 updated_window = w;
606 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
607
608 BLOCK_INPUT;
609
610 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
611 {
612 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
613 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
614
615 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
616 highlighting. */
617 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
618 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
619
620 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
621 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
622 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
623 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
624 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
625 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
626
627 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
628 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
629 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
630 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
631 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
632 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
633 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
634 {
635 int i;
636
637 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
638 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
639 break;
640
641 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
642 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
643 }
644 #endif /* 0 */
645 }
646
647 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
648 }
649
650
651 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
652 have vertical scroll bars. */
653
654 static void
655 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
656 struct window *w;
657 {
658 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
659
660 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
661 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
662 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
663 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
664 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
665 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
666 {
667 RECT r;
668 HDC hdc;
669
670 window_box_edges (w, -1, (int *) &r.left, (int *) &r.top,
671 (int *) &r.right, (int *) &r.bottom);
672 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
673 r.right = r.left + 1;
674 r.bottom -= 1;
675
676 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
677 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r);
678 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
679 }
680 }
681
682
683 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
684
685 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
686 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
687
688 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
689 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
690 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
691
692 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
693 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
694 here. */
695
696 static void
697 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
698 struct window *w;
699 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
700 {
701 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
702 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
703
704 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
705 {
706 BLOCK_INPUT;
707
708 if (cursor_on_p)
709 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
710 output_cursor.vpos,
711 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
712
713 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
714 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
715 }
716
717 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
718 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
719 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
720 {
721 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
722 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
723 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
724 }
725
726 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
727 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
728 x_update_window_begin. */
729 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
730 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0);
731
732 updated_window = NULL;
733 }
734
735
736 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
737 update_end. */
738
739 static void
740 x_update_end (f)
741 struct frame *f;
742 {
743 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
744 return;
745
746 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
747 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
748 }
749
750
751 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
752 complete update has been performed. The global variable
753 updated_window is not available here. */
754
755 static void
756 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
757 struct frame *f;
758 {
759 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
760 {
761 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
762 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
763 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
764 {
765 BLOCK_INPUT;
766 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
767 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
768 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
769 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
770 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
771 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
772 }
773 }
774 }
775
776
777 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
778 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
779 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
780 found in updated_window. This function is called from
781 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
782 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
783
784 static void
785 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
786 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
787 {
788 struct window *w = updated_window;
789 struct frame *f;
790 int width, height;
791
792 xassert (w);
793
794 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
795 {
796 BLOCK_INPUT;
797 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
798 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
799 }
800
801 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
802 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
803 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
804 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
805 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
806 overhead is very small. */
807 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
808 && desired_row->full_width_p
809 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
810 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
811 width != 0)
812 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
813 height > 0))
814 {
815 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
816 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
817 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
818 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
819 y -= width;
820
821 BLOCK_INPUT;
822 {
823 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
824 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
825 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->pixel_width - width,
826 y, width, height);
827 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
828 }
829 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
830 }
831 }
832
833
834 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
835 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
836 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
837 drawn. */
838
839 static void
840 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which, left_p)
841 struct window *w;
842 HDC hdc;
843 struct glyph_row *row;
844 enum fringe_bitmap_type which;
845 int left_p;
846 {
847 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
848 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
849 HDC compat_hdc;
850 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
851 int b1, b2;
852 HBITMAP pixmap;
853 HANDLE horig_obj;
854 struct face *face;
855
856 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
857 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
858
859 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
860 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
861
862 switch (which)
863 {
864 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP:
865 wd = 0;
866 h = 0;
867 break;
868
869 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
870 wd = left_width;
871 h = left_height;
872 pixmap = left_bmp;
873 break;
874
875 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
876 wd = ov_width;
877 h = ov_height;
878 pixmap = ov_bmp;
879 break;
880
881 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
882 wd = right_width;
883 h = right_height;
884 pixmap = right_bmp;
885 break;
886
887 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
888 wd = continued_width;
889 h = continued_height;
890 pixmap = continued_bmp;
891 break;
892
893 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
894 wd = continuation_width;
895 h = continuation_height;
896 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
897 break;
898
899 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
900 wd = zv_width;
901 h = zv_height - (y % zv_period);
902 pixmap = zv_bmp;
903 break;
904
905 default:
906 abort ();
907 }
908
909 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
910 if (h > row->height)
911 h = row->height;
912
913 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
914 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
915
916 /* Draw the bitmap. */
917 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, FRINGE_FACE_ID);
918 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
919
920 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
921 the fringe. */
922 b1 = -1;
923 if (left_p)
924 {
925 if (wd > FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
926 wd = FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
927 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
928 - wd
929 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
930 if (wd < FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
931 {
932 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
933 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
934 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
935 ? 1 : 0);
936 b1 = (window_box_left (w, -1)
937 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)
938 + border);
939 b2 = (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - border);
940 }
941 }
942 else
943 {
944 if (wd > FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
945 wd = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
946 x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
947 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
948 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
949 the fringe. */
950 if (wd < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
951 {
952 b1 = window_box_right (w, -1);
953 b2 = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
954 }
955 }
956
957 if (b1 >= 0)
958 {
959 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
960
961 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
962 b1,
963 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
964 row->y)),
965 b2,
966 row->visible_height);
967 }
968
969 if (which == NO_FRINGE_BITMAP)
970 return;
971
972 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
973 SaveDC (hdc);
974
975 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
976 SetTextColor (hdc, face->background);
977 SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground);
978
979 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0,
980 (which == ZV_LINE_BITMAP ? (row->y % zv_period) : 0),
981 SRCCOPY);
982
983 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
984 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
985 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
986 }
987
988
989 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
990 function with input blocked. */
991
992 static void
993 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row)
994 struct window *w;
995 struct glyph_row *row;
996 {
997 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
998 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap;
999 HDC hdc;
1000
1001 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
1002
1003 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1004 don't have to draw anything. */
1005 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
1006 return;
1007
1008 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1009
1010 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1011 {
1012 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1013 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
1014 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
1015 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
1016 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1017 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
1018 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
1019 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
1020 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1021 else
1022 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1023
1024 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 1);
1025 }
1026
1027 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1028 {
1029 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1030 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
1031 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1032 else if (row->continued_p)
1033 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
1034 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p && FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) == 0)
1035 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1036 else
1037 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1038
1039 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 0);
1040 }
1041
1042 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1043 }
1044
1045 \f
1046 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1047 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1048 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1049 rarely happens). */
1050
1051 static void
1052 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1053 {
1054 }
1055
1056 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1057 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1058
1059 static void
1060 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1061 {
1062 }
1063
1064
1065 \f
1066 /***********************************************************************
1067 Output Cursor
1068 ***********************************************************************/
1069
1070 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1071 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1072
1073 static void
1074 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1075 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1076 {
1077 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1078 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1079 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1080 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1081 }
1082
1083
1084 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1085
1086 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1087 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1088
1089 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1090 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1091 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1092 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1093
1094 static void
1095 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1096 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1097 {
1098 struct window *w;
1099
1100 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1101 if (updated_window)
1102 w = updated_window;
1103 else
1104 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1105
1106 /* Set the output cursor. */
1107 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1108 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1109 output_cursor.x = x;
1110 output_cursor.y = y;
1111
1112 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1113 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1114 if (updated_window == NULL)
1115 {
1116 BLOCK_INPUT;
1117 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1118 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1119 }
1120 }
1121
1122
1123 \f
1124 /***********************************************************************
1125 Display Iterator
1126 ***********************************************************************/
1127
1128 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1129
1130 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1131 struct glyph *,
1132 wchar_t *,
1133 int *));
1134 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1135 int, wchar_t *, int));
1136 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1137 wchar_t *,
1138 enum w32_char_font_type));
1139 static enum w32_char_font_type
1140 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1141 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1142 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1143 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1144 int, int, double));
1145 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1146 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1147
1148
1149 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1150 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1151 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1152
1153
1154 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1155 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1156
1157 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1158 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1159
1160
1161 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1162 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1163 metric is returned. */
1164
1165 static int
1166 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1167 XFontStruct *font;
1168 wchar_t *char2b;
1169 int dim;
1170 XCharStruct * pcm;
1171 {
1172 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1173 char buf[2];
1174
1175 if (dim == 1)
1176 buf[0] = (char)(*char2b);
1177 else
1178 {
1179 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1180 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1181 }
1182
1183 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1184
1185 if (bdf_metric)
1186 {
1187 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1188 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1189 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1190 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1191 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1192 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1193
1194 return 1;
1195 }
1196 return 0;
1197 }
1198
1199
1200 static int
1201 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1202 XFontStruct *font;
1203 wchar_t *char2b;
1204 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1205 XCharStruct * pcm;
1206 {
1207 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1208 HFONT old_font;
1209 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1210
1211 xassert (font && char2b);
1212 xassert (font->hfont);
1213 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1214
1215 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1216
1217 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1218 {
1219 ABC char_widths;
1220
1221 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1222 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1223 else
1224 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1225
1226 if (retval)
1227 {
1228 #if 0
1229 /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results
1230 on all versions of Windows. */
1231
1232 /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are
1233 wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */
1234 int real_width;
1235 GetCharWidth (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &real_width);
1236 #endif
1237 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1238 #if 0
1239 /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what
1240 ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */
1241 if (pcm->width != real_width)
1242 pcm->width = (pcm->width + real_width) / 2;
1243 #endif
1244 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1245 pcm->rbearing = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB;
1246 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1247 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1248 }
1249 }
1250
1251 if (!retval)
1252 {
1253 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1254 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1255 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1256 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1257 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1258 is assumed to be zero. */
1259
1260 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1261 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1262 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1263 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1264 SIZE sz;
1265
1266 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1267 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1268 else
1269 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1270
1271 if (retval)
1272 {
1273 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1274 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1275 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1276 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1277 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1278 }
1279 }
1280
1281
1282 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1283 {
1284 retval = FALSE;
1285 }
1286
1287 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1288 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1289
1290 return retval;
1291 }
1292
1293
1294 static XCharStruct *
1295 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1296 XFontStruct *font;
1297 wchar_t *char2b;
1298 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1299 {
1300 /* The result metric information. */
1301 XCharStruct *pcm;
1302 BOOL retval;
1303
1304 xassert (font && char2b);
1305 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1306
1307 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1308 if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL)
1309 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1310 return &font->max_bounds;
1311 else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128)
1312 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1313
1314 pcm = &font->scratch;
1315
1316 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1317 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1318 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1319 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1320 else
1321 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1322
1323 if (retval)
1324 return pcm;
1325
1326 return NULL;
1327 }
1328
1329 void
1330 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1331 XFontStruct *font;
1332 {
1333 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1334
1335 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1336 if (font->bdf)
1337 {
1338 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1339 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1340 {
1341 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1342 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1343 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1344 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1345 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1346 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1347 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1348 }
1349 }
1350 else
1351 {
1352 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1353 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1354 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1355 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1356 {
1357 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1358 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1359 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1360 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1361 run-time. */
1362 int i;
1363
1364 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1365 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1366 {
1367 char2b = i;
1368 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1369 &font->per_char[i]);
1370 }
1371 }
1372 else
1373 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1374 &font->max_bounds);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378
1379 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1380 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1381 {
1382 return font->double_byte_p;
1383 }
1384
1385
1386 static BOOL
1387 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1388 int codepage;
1389 {
1390 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1391 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1392 && codepage != CP_8BIT
1393 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
1394 }
1395
1396 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1397 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1398
1399 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1400 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1401 int c;
1402 wchar_t *char2b;
1403 struct font_info *font_info;
1404 int * two_byte_p;
1405 {
1406 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1407 int codepage;
1408 int unicode_p = 0;
1409
1410 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1411
1412 xassert (two_byte_p);
1413
1414 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1415
1416 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1417 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1418 fixed encoding. */
1419 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1420 {
1421 /* It's a program. */
1422 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1423
1424 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1425 {
1426 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1427 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1428 }
1429 else
1430 {
1431 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1432 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1433 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1434 }
1435
1436 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1437
1438 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1439 program. */
1440 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1441 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1442 else
1443 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1444 }
1445 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1446 {
1447 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1448 encoding numbers. */
1449 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1450
1451 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1452 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1453 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1454
1455 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1456 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1457 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1458 else if (enc == 4)
1459 {
1460 int sjis1, sjis2;
1461
1462 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1463 sjis1, sjis2);
1464 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1465 }
1466 }
1467 codepage = font_info->codepage;
1468
1469 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1470 Unicode space. */
1471 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1472 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1
1473 && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC)
1474 {
1475 char temp[3];
1476 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1477 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1478 temp[2] = '\0';
1479 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1480 {
1481 if (temp[0])
1482 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1483 else
1484 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1485 }
1486 unicode_p = 1;
1487 *two_byte_p = 1;
1488 }
1489 if (!font)
1490 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1491 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1492 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1493 else if (font->bdf)
1494 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1495 else if (unicode_p)
1496 return UNICODE_FONT;
1497 else
1498 return ANSI_FONT;
1499 }
1500
1501
1502 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1503 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1504 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1505 realized face that is ready for display. */
1506
1507 static INLINE struct face *
1508 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1509 struct frame *f;
1510 int c, face_id;
1511 wchar_t *char2b;
1512 int multibyte_p;
1513 {
1514 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1515
1516 if (!multibyte_p)
1517 {
1518 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1519 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1520 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1521 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1522 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1523 }
1524 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1525 {
1526 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1527 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1528 }
1529 else
1530 {
1531 int c1, c2, charset;
1532
1533 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1534 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1535 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1536 if (c2 > 0)
1537 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1538 else
1539 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1540
1541 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1542 if (face->font != NULL)
1543 {
1544 struct font_info *font_info
1545 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1546 if (font_info)
1547 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1548 }
1549 }
1550
1551 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1552 xassert (face != NULL);
1553 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1554
1555 return face;
1556 }
1557
1558
1559 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1560 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1561 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1562
1563 static INLINE struct face *
1564 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1565 struct frame *f;
1566 struct glyph *glyph;
1567 wchar_t *char2b;
1568 int *two_byte_p;
1569 {
1570 struct face *face;
1571 int dummy = 0;
1572
1573 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1574 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1575
1576 if (two_byte_p)
1577 *two_byte_p = 0;
1578 else
1579 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1580
1581 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1582 {
1583 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1584 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1585 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1586 }
1587 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1588 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1589 {
1590 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1591 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1592 }
1593 else
1594 {
1595 int c1, c2, charset;
1596
1597 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1598 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1599 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1600 if (c2 > 0)
1601 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1602 else
1603 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1604
1605 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1606 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1607 {
1608 struct font_info *font_info
1609 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1610 if (font_info)
1611 {
1612 glyph->w32_font_type
1613 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1614 }
1615 }
1616 }
1617
1618 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1619 xassert (face != NULL);
1620 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1621 return face;
1622 }
1623
1624
1625 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1626 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1627
1628 static INLINE void
1629 x_append_glyph (it)
1630 struct it *it;
1631 {
1632 struct glyph *glyph;
1633 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1634
1635 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1636 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1637
1638 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1639 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1640 {
1641 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1642 glyph->object = it->object;
1643 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1644 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1645 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1646 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1647 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1648 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1649 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1650 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1651 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1652 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1653 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1654 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1655 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1656 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1657 }
1658 }
1659
1660 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1661 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1662
1663 static INLINE void
1664 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1665 struct it *it;
1666 {
1667 struct glyph *glyph;
1668 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1669
1670 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1671
1672 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1673 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1674 {
1675 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1676 glyph->object = it->object;
1677 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1678 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1679 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1680 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1681 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1682 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1683 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1684 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1685 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1686 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1687 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1688 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1689 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1690 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1691 }
1692 }
1693
1694
1695 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1696 IT->voffset. */
1697
1698 static INLINE void
1699 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1700 struct it *it;
1701 {
1702 if (it->voffset)
1703 {
1704 if (it->voffset < 0)
1705 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1706 in the line. */
1707 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1708 else
1709 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1710 in the line. */
1711 it->descent += it->voffset;
1712 }
1713 }
1714
1715
1716 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1717 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1718 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1719
1720 static void
1721 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1722 struct it *it;
1723 {
1724 struct image *img;
1725 struct face *face;
1726
1727 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1728
1729 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1730 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1731 xassert (img);
1732
1733 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1734 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1735 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1736
1737 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1738 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent;
1739 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin;
1740
1741 it->nglyphs = 1;
1742
1743 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1744 {
1745 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1746 {
1747 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1748 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1749 }
1750
1751 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1752 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1753 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1754 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1755 }
1756
1757 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1758
1759 if (it->glyph_row)
1760 {
1761 struct glyph *glyph;
1762 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1763
1764 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1765 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1766 {
1767 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1768 glyph->object = it->object;
1769 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1770 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1771 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1772 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1773 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1774 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1775 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1776 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1777 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1778 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1779 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1780 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1781 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1782 }
1783 }
1784 }
1785
1786
1787 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1788 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1789 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1790 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1791
1792 static void
1793 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1794 struct it *it;
1795 Lisp_Object object;
1796 int width, height;
1797 double ascent;
1798 {
1799 struct glyph *glyph;
1800 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1801
1802 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1803
1804 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1805 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1806 {
1807 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1808 glyph->object = object;
1809 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1810 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1811 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1812 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1813 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1814 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1815 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1816 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1817 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1818 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1819 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1820 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1821 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1822 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826
1827 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1828 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1829 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1830 being recognized:
1831
1832 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1833 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1834 point number.
1835
1836 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1837 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1838 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1839
1840 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1841 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1842
1843 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1844
1845 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1846 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1847
1848 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1849 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1850 the glyph property.
1851
1852 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1853
1854 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1855 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1856 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1857
1858 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1859 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1860 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1861 : - 1)
1862
1863
1864 static void
1865 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1866 struct it *it;
1867 {
1868 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1869 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1870 extern Lisp_Object Qspace;
1871 #endif
1872 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent;
1873 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1874 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1875 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1876 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1877 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1878 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1879
1880 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1881
1882 /* List should start with `space'. */
1883 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1884 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1885
1886 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1887 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1888 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1889 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1890 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1891 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1892 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1893 {
1894 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1895 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1896 property. */
1897 struct it it2;
1898 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1899
1900 it2 = *it;
1901 if (it->multibyte_p)
1902 {
1903 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1904 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1905 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1906 }
1907 else
1908 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1909
1910 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1911 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1912 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1913 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1914 }
1915 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1916 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1917 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1918 else
1919 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1920 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1921
1922 /* Compute height. */
1923 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1924 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1925 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1926 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1927 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1928 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1929 else
1930 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1931
1932 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1933 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1934 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1935 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1936 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1937 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1938 else
1939 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1940
1941 if (width <= 0)
1942 width = 1;
1943 if (height <= 0)
1944 height = 1;
1945
1946 if (it->glyph_row)
1947 {
1948 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1949 if (!STRINGP (object))
1950 object = it->w->buffer;
1951 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1952 }
1953
1954 it->pixel_width = width;
1955 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1956 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1957 it->nglyphs = 1;
1958
1959 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1960 {
1961 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1962 {
1963 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1964 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1965 }
1966
1967 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1968 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1969 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1970 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1971 }
1972
1973 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1974 }
1975
1976 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1977 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1978 center of the line of frame F.
1979
1980 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1981
1982 -------------------------+-----------+-
1983 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1984 | | | | | |
1985 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1986 | | | ASCENT | |
1987 HEIGHT | | | | |
1988 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1989 | | | | BOFF | |
1990 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1991 | | | DESCENT | |
1992 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1993 -------------------------+-----------+-
1994
1995 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1996 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1997 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1998 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1999 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
2000 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
2001 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
2002 */
2003
2004 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
2005 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
2006 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
2007 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
2008 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
2009
2010 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
2011 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
2012 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
2013
2014 static void
2015 x_produce_glyphs (it)
2016 struct it *it;
2017 {
2018 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
2019
2020 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
2021 {
2022 wchar_t char2b;
2023 XFontStruct *font;
2024 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2025 XCharStruct *pcm;
2026 int font_not_found_p;
2027 struct font_info *font_info;
2028 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2029 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
2030 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2031 later.
2032
2033 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2034 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2035 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2036 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2037 glyph.
2038 */
2039 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2040
2041 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2042 other way. */
2043 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2044 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
2045 {
2046 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2047 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2048 && (it->c >= 0240
2049 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
2050 {
2051 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2052 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2053 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2054 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2055 }
2056 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2057 && !it->multibyte_p)
2058 {
2059 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2060 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2061 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2062 }
2063 }
2064
2065 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2066 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2067 it->face_id, &char2b,
2068 it->multibyte_p);
2069 font = face->font;
2070
2071 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2072 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2073 if (font_not_found_p)
2074 {
2075 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2076 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2077 font_info = NULL;
2078 }
2079 else
2080 {
2081 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2082 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2083 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2084 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2085 }
2086
2087 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2088 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2089 {
2090 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2091 int stretched_p;
2092
2093 it->nglyphs = 1;
2094
2095 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2096 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2097 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2098 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2099
2100 if (pcm)
2101 {
2102 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2103 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2104 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2105 }
2106 else
2107 {
2108 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2109 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2110 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2111 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2112 }
2113
2114 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2115 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2116 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2117 if (stretched_p)
2118 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2119
2120 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2121 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2122 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2123 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2124 {
2125 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2126
2127 if (thick > 0)
2128 {
2129 it->ascent += thick;
2130 it->descent += thick;
2131 }
2132 else
2133 thick = -thick;
2134
2135 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2136 it->pixel_width += thick;
2137 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2138 it->pixel_width += thick;
2139 }
2140
2141 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2142 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2143 if (face->overline_p)
2144 it->ascent += 2;
2145
2146 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2147
2148 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2149 if (it->glyph_row)
2150 {
2151 if (stretched_p)
2152 {
2153 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2154 into a stretch glyph. */
2155 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2156 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2157 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2158 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2159 }
2160 else
2161 x_append_glyph (it);
2162
2163 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2164 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2165 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2166 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2167 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2171 {
2172 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2173 it->pixel_width = 0;
2174 it->nglyphs = 0;
2175 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2176 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2177
2178 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2179 && face->box_line_width > 0)
2180 {
2181 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
2182 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
2183 }
2184 }
2185 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2186 {
2187 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2188 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2189 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2190
2191 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2192 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2193 tab stop after that. */
2194 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2195 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2196
2197 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2198 it->nglyphs = 1;
2199 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2200 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2201
2202 if (it->glyph_row)
2203 {
2204 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2205 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2206 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2207 }
2208 }
2209 else
2210 {
2211 /* A multi-byte character.
2212 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2213 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2214 default font and calculate the width of the character
2215 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2216 did. */
2217 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2218
2219 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2220 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2221 else if (font->bdf)
2222 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2223 else
2224 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2225
2226 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2227
2228 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2229 {
2230 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2231
2232 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2233 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2234 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2235 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2236 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2237 }
2238 else
2239 {
2240 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2241 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2242 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2243 if (it->glyph_row
2244 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2245 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2246 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2247 }
2248 it->nglyphs = 1;
2249 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2250 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2251 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2252 {
2253 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2254
2255 if (thick > 0)
2256 {
2257 it->ascent += thick;
2258 it->descent += thick;
2259 }
2260 else
2261 thick = - thick;
2262
2263 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2264 it->pixel_width += thick;
2265 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2266 it->pixel_width += thick;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2270 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2271 if (face->overline_p)
2272 it->ascent += 2;
2273
2274 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2275
2276 if (it->glyph_row)
2277 x_append_glyph (it);
2278 }
2279 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2280 }
2281 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2282 {
2283 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2284 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2285 wchar_t char2b;
2286 XFontStruct *font;
2287 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2288 XCharStruct *pcm;
2289 int font_not_found_p;
2290 struct font_info *font_info;
2291 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2292 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2293
2294 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2295 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2296 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2297 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2298 && (it->c >= 0240
2299 || (it->c >= 0200
2300 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2301 {
2302 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2303 }
2304
2305 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2306 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2307 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2308 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2309 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2310 font = face->font;
2311
2312 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2313 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2314 if (font_not_found_p)
2315 {
2316 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2317 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2318 font_info = NULL;
2319 }
2320 else
2321 {
2322 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2323 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2324 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2325 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2326 }
2327
2328 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2329 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2330 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2331 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2332 it->nglyphs = 1;
2333
2334 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2335 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2336 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2337 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2338 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2339 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2340 correct the display anyway. */
2341 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2342 {
2343 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2344 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2345 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2346 them respectively. */
2347 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2348 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2349 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2350 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2351 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2352 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2353
2354 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2355
2356 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2357 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2358 else if (font->bdf)
2359 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2360 else
2361 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2362
2363 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2364 if (font_info
2365 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2366 {
2367 width = pcm->width;
2368 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2369 descent = pcm->descent;
2370 }
2371 else
2372 {
2373 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2374 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2375 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2376 }
2377
2378 rightmost = width;
2379 lowest = - descent + boff;
2380 highest = ascent + boff;
2381 leftmost = 0;
2382
2383 if (font_info
2384 && font_info->default_ascent
2385 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2386 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2387 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2388 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2389
2390 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2391 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2392 the left. */
2393 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2394 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2395
2396 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2397 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2398 {
2399 int left, right, btm, top;
2400 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2401 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2402
2403 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2404 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2405 it->multibyte_p);
2406 font = face->font;
2407 if (font == NULL)
2408 {
2409 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2410 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2411 font_info = NULL;
2412 }
2413 else
2414 {
2415 font_info
2416 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2417 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2418 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2419 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2420 }
2421
2422 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2423 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2424 else if (font->bdf)
2425 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2426 else
2427 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2428
2429 if (font_info
2430 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2431 {
2432 width = pcm->width;
2433 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2434 descent = pcm->descent;
2435 }
2436 else
2437 {
2438 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2439 ascent = 1;
2440 descent = 0;
2441 }
2442
2443 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2444 {
2445 /* Relative composition with or without
2446 alternate chars. */
2447 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2448 btm = - descent + boff;
2449 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2450 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2451 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2452 make_number (ch)))))
2453 {
2454
2455 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2456 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2457 btm = highest + 1;
2458 else if (ascent <= 0)
2459 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2460 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 else
2464 {
2465 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2466 value that encodes global and new reference
2467 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2468 specified by numbers as below:
2469
2470 0---1---2 -- ascent
2471 | |
2472 | |
2473 | |
2474 9--10--11 -- center
2475 | |
2476 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2477 | |
2478 6---7---8 -- descent
2479 */
2480 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2481 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2482
2483 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2484 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2485 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2486
2487 left = (leftmost
2488 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2489 - nrefx * width / 2);
2490 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2491 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2492 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2493 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2494 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2495 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2496 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2497 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2498 }
2499
2500 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2501 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2502
2503 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2504 right = left + width;
2505 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2506 if (left < leftmost)
2507 leftmost = left;
2508 if (right > rightmost)
2509 rightmost = right;
2510 if (top > highest)
2511 highest = top;
2512 if (btm < lowest)
2513 lowest = btm;
2514 }
2515
2516 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2517 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2518 non-negative. */
2519 if (leftmost < 0)
2520 {
2521 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2522 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2523 rightmost -= leftmost;
2524 }
2525
2526 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2527 cmp->ascent = highest;
2528 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2529 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2530 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2531 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2532 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2533 }
2534
2535 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2536 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2537 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2538
2539 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2540 {
2541 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2542
2543 if (thick > 0)
2544 {
2545 it->ascent += thick;
2546 it->descent += thick;
2547 }
2548 else
2549 thick = - thick;
2550
2551 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2552 it->pixel_width += thick;
2553 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2554 it->pixel_width += thick;
2555 }
2556
2557 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2558 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2559 if (face->overline_p)
2560 it->ascent += 2;
2561
2562 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2563
2564 if (it->glyph_row)
2565 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2566 }
2567 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2568 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2569 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2570 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2571
2572 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2573 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2574 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0);
2575 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2576 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2577
2578 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2579
2580 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2581 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2582 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2583 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2584 }
2585
2586
2587 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2588 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2589
2590 int
2591 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2592 struct frame *f;
2593 enum face_id face_id;
2594 {
2595 int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
2596
2597 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2598 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2599 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2600 {
2601 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2602 if (face)
2603 {
2604 if (face->font)
2605 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font);
2606 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
2607 height += 2 * face->box_line_width;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 return height;
2612 }
2613
2614 \f
2615 /***********************************************************************
2616 Glyph display
2617 ***********************************************************************/
2618
2619 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2620
2621 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2622 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2623 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2624 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2625
2626 struct glyph_string
2627 {
2628 /* X-origin of the string. */
2629 int x;
2630
2631 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2632 int y, ybase;
2633
2634 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2635 int width;
2636
2637 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2638 int background_width;
2639
2640 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2641 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2642 font the string is drawn in. */
2643 int height;
2644
2645 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2646 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2647 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2648 int left_overhang;
2649
2650 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2651 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2652 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2653 int right_overhang;
2654
2655 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2656 struct frame *f;
2657
2658 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2659 struct window *w;
2660
2661 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2662 Window window;
2663
2664 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2665 y-origin and height of the string. */
2666 struct glyph_row *row;
2667
2668 /* The area within row. */
2669 enum glyph_row_area area;
2670
2671 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2672 wchar_t *char2b;
2673 int nchars;
2674
2675 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2676 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2677
2678 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2679 struct face *face;
2680
2681 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2682 XFontStruct *font;
2683
2684 /* Font info for this string. */
2685 struct font_info *font_info;
2686
2687 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2688 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2689 struct composition *cmp;
2690
2691 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2692 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2693 the first character of a composition. */
2694 int gidx;
2695
2696 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2697 of the window's drawing area. */
2698 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2699
2700 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2701 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2702
2703 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2704 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2705
2706 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2707 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2708 the frame's default font in this case. */
2709 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2710
2711 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2712 stipple pattern. */
2713 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2714
2715 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2716 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2717 string appears in as clip rect. */
2718 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2719
2720 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2721 XGCValues *gc;
2722
2723 HDC hdc;
2724
2725 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2726 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2727 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2728 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2729
2730 /* Image, if any. */
2731 struct image *img;
2732
2733 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2734 };
2735
2736
2737 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2738
2739 static void
2740 w32_text_out (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2741 struct glyph_string * s;
2742 int x, y;
2743 wchar_t * chars;
2744 int nchars;
2745 {
2746 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2747 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2748 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2749 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2750 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2751 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2752 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2753 else
2754 ExtTextOutA (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2755 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2756 }
2757
2758 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2759
2760 static void
2761 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2762 struct glyph_string *s;
2763 {
2764 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2765 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2766 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2767 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2768 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2769 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2770 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2771 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2772 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2773 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2774 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2775 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2776 }
2777
2778 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2779
2780
2781
2782 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2783 struct glyph_string **,
2784 struct glyph_string *,
2785 struct glyph_string *));
2786 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2787 struct glyph_string **,
2788 struct glyph_string *,
2789 struct glyph_string *));
2790 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2791 struct glyph_string **,
2792 struct glyph_string *));
2793 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2794 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2795 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2796 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2797 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int,
2798 int));
2799 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2800 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2801 struct glyph_row *,
2802 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2803 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2804 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2805 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2806 enum draw_glyphs_face, int));
2807 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2808 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2809 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2810 int));
2811 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2812 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2813 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2814 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2815 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2816 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2817 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2818 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2819 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2820 struct frame *,
2821 int *, int *));
2822 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2823 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2824 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2825 double, int, COLORREF));
2826 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2827 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2828 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2829 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2830 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2831 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2832 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2833 int, int, int));
2834 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2835 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2836 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2837 int, int, int, RECT *));
2838 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2839 enum glyph_row_area));
2840 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2841 struct glyph_row *,
2842 enum glyph_row_area, int, int));
2843
2844 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2845 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
2846 #endif
2847
2848
2849 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2850 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2851
2852 static INLINE void
2853 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2854 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2855 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2856 {
2857 if (h)
2858 {
2859 if (*head)
2860 (*tail)->next = h;
2861 else
2862 *head = h;
2863 h->prev = *tail;
2864 *tail = t;
2865 }
2866 }
2867
2868
2869 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2870 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2871 result. */
2872
2873 static INLINE void
2874 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2875 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2876 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2877 {
2878 if (h)
2879 {
2880 if (*head)
2881 (*head)->prev = t;
2882 else
2883 *tail = t;
2884 t->next = *head;
2885 *head = h;
2886 }
2887 }
2888
2889
2890 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2891 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2892
2893 static INLINE void
2894 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2895 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2896 struct glyph_string *s;
2897 {
2898 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2899 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2900 }
2901
2902
2903 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2904 face. */
2905
2906 static void
2907 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2908 struct glyph_string *s;
2909 {
2910 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2911 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2912 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2913 && !s->cmp)
2914 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2915 else
2916 {
2917 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2918 XGCValues xgcv;
2919 unsigned long mask;
2920
2921 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2922 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2923
2924 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2925 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2926 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2927 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2928 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2929 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2930 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2931
2932 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2933 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2934 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2935 {
2936 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2937 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2938 }
2939
2940 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2941 xgcv.font = s->font;
2942 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2943
2944 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2945 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2946 mask, &xgcv);
2947 else
2948 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2949 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2950
2951 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2952 }
2953 }
2954
2955
2956 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2957
2958 static void
2959 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2960 struct glyph_string *s;
2961 {
2962 int face_id;
2963 struct face *face;
2964
2965 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2966 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2967 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2968 if (face == NULL)
2969 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
2970
2971 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
2972 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2973 else
2974 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
2975 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2976 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2977
2978 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2979 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2980 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2981 else
2982 {
2983 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2984 but font FONT. */
2985 XGCValues xgcv;
2986 unsigned long mask;
2987
2988 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2989 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2990 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2991 xgcv.font = s->font;
2992 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2993
2994 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2995 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2996 mask, &xgcv);
2997 else
2998 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2999 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
3000
3001 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
3002 }
3003
3004 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3005 }
3006
3007
3008 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
3009 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
3010 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
3011
3012 static INLINE void
3013 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
3014 struct glyph_string *s;
3015 {
3016 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3017 }
3018
3019
3020 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
3021 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
3022 pattern. */
3023
3024 static INLINE void
3025 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
3026 struct glyph_string *s;
3027 {
3028 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
3029
3030 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
3031 {
3032 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3033 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3034 }
3035 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
3036 {
3037 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
3038 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3039 }
3040 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3041 {
3042 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
3043 s->stippled_p = 0;
3044 }
3045 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
3046 {
3047 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
3048 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3049 }
3050 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3051 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
3052 {
3053 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3054 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3055 }
3056 else
3057 {
3058 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3059 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3060 }
3061
3062 /* GC must have been set. */
3063 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3064 }
3065
3066
3067 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3068
3069 static void
3070 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
3071 struct glyph_string *s;
3072 RECT *r;
3073 {
3074 int r_height, r_width;
3075
3076 if (s->row->full_width_p)
3077 {
3078 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3079 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3080
3081 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
3082 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
3083
3084 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
3085 {
3086 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
3087 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
3088 r->left -= width;
3089 }
3090
3091 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
3092
3093 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3094 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3095 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3096 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3097 else
3098 r_height = s->height;
3099 }
3100 else
3101 {
3102 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3103 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3104 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3105 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3106 }
3107
3108 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3109 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3110 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3111 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3112 {
3113 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3114 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3115 }
3116 else
3117 {
3118 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3119 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3120 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3121 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3122 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3123 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3124 else
3125 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3126
3127 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3128 at the top of the window. */
3129 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3130 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3131 }
3132
3133 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3134
3135 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3136 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3137 }
3138
3139
3140 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3141 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3142
3143 static INLINE void
3144 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3145 struct glyph_string *s;
3146 {
3147 RECT r;
3148 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3149 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3150 }
3151
3152
3153 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3154 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3155
3156 static INLINE void
3157 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3158 struct glyph_string *s;
3159 {
3160 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3161 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3162 individual character and working it out manually. */
3163 }
3164
3165
3166 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3167 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3168 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3169
3170 static void
3171 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3172 struct glyph_string *s;
3173 int x;
3174 int backward_p;
3175 {
3176 if (backward_p)
3177 {
3178 while (s)
3179 {
3180 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3181 x -= s->width;
3182 s->x = x;
3183 s = s->prev;
3184 }
3185 }
3186 else
3187 {
3188 while (s)
3189 {
3190 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3191 s->x = x;
3192 x += s->width;
3193 s = s->next;
3194 }
3195 }
3196 }
3197
3198
3199 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3200 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3201 assumed to be zero. */
3202
3203 static void
3204 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3205 HDC hdc;
3206 struct glyph *glyph;
3207 struct frame *f;
3208 int *left, *right;
3209 {
3210 *left = *right = 0;
3211
3212 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3213 {
3214 XFontStruct *font;
3215 struct face *face;
3216 wchar_t char2b;
3217 XCharStruct *pcm;
3218
3219 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3220 font = face->font;
3221
3222 if (font
3223 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3224 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3225 {
3226 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3227 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3228 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3229 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3230 }
3231 }
3232 }
3233
3234
3235 static void
3236 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3237 struct glyph *glyph;
3238 struct frame *f;
3239 int *left, *right;
3240 {
3241 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3242 /* Convert to unicode! */
3243 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3244 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3245 }
3246
3247
3248 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3249 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3250 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3251
3252 static int
3253 x_left_overwritten (s)
3254 struct glyph_string *s;
3255 {
3256 int k;
3257
3258 if (s->left_overhang)
3259 {
3260 int x = 0, i;
3261 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3262 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3263
3264 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3265 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3266
3267 k = i + 1;
3268 }
3269 else
3270 k = -1;
3271
3272 return k;
3273 }
3274
3275
3276 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3277 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3278 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3279
3280 static int
3281 x_left_overwriting (s)
3282 struct glyph_string *s;
3283 {
3284 int i, k, x;
3285 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3286 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3287
3288 k = -1;
3289 x = 0;
3290 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3291 {
3292 int left, right;
3293 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3294 if (x + right > 0)
3295 k = i;
3296 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3297 }
3298
3299 return k;
3300 }
3301
3302
3303 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3304 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3305 no such glyph is found. */
3306
3307 static int
3308 x_right_overwritten (s)
3309 struct glyph_string *s;
3310 {
3311 int k = -1;
3312
3313 if (s->right_overhang)
3314 {
3315 int x = 0, i;
3316 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3317 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3318 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3319
3320 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3321 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3322
3323 k = i;
3324 }
3325
3326 return k;
3327 }
3328
3329
3330 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3331 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3332 if no such glyph is found. */
3333
3334 static int
3335 x_right_overwriting (s)
3336 struct glyph_string *s;
3337 {
3338 int i, k, x;
3339 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3340 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3341 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3342
3343 k = -1;
3344 x = 0;
3345 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3346 {
3347 int left, right;
3348 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3349 if (x - left < 0)
3350 k = i;
3351 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3352 }
3353
3354 return k;
3355 }
3356
3357
3358 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3359
3360 static INLINE void
3361 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3362 struct glyph_string *s;
3363 int x, y, w, h;
3364 {
3365 int real_x = x;
3366 int real_y = y;
3367 int real_w = w;
3368 int real_h = h;
3369 #if 0
3370 /* Take clipping into account. */
3371 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3372 {
3373 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3374 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3375 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3376 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3377 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3378 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3379 }
3380 #endif
3381 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3382 real_w, real_h);
3383 }
3384
3385
3386 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3387 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3388 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3389 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3390 contains the first component of a composition. */
3391
3392 static void
3393 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3394 struct glyph_string *s;
3395 int force_p;
3396 {
3397 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3398 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3399 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3400 {
3401 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
3402
3403 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3404 if (s->stippled_p)
3405 {
3406 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3407 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3408 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3409 s->y + box_line_width,
3410 s->background_width,
3411 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3412 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3413 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3414 }
3415 else
3416 #endif
3417 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
3418 || s->font_not_found_p
3419 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3420 || s->font->bdf
3421 || force_p)
3422 {
3423 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
3424 s->background_width,
3425 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3426 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3427 }
3428 }
3429 }
3430
3431
3432 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3433
3434 static void
3435 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3436 struct glyph_string *s;
3437 {
3438 int i, x;
3439 HFONT old_font;
3440
3441 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3442 of S to the right of that box line. */
3443 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3444 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3445 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3446 else
3447 x = s->x;
3448
3449 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3450 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3451 else
3452 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3453
3454 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3455 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3456 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3457
3458 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3459 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3460
3461 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3462 loaded. */
3463 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3464 {
3465 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3466 {
3467 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3468
3469 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3470 s->height - 1);
3471 x += g->pixel_width;
3472 }
3473 }
3474 else
3475 {
3476 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3477 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3478
3479 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3480 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3481
3482 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3483 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3484 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3485 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3486
3487 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3488 w32_text_out (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3489 }
3490 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3491 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3492 }
3493
3494 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3495
3496 static void
3497 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3498 struct glyph_string *s;
3499 {
3500 int i, x;
3501 HFONT old_font;
3502
3503 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3504 of S to the right of that box line. */
3505 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3506 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3507 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3508 else
3509 x = s->x;
3510
3511 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3512 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3513 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3514 this composition. */
3515
3516 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3517 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3518 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3519 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3520
3521 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3522 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3523
3524 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3525 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3526 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3527 {
3528 if (s->gidx == 0)
3529 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3530 s->height - 1);
3531 }
3532 else
3533 {
3534 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3535 w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3536 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3537 s->char2b + i, 1);
3538 }
3539 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3540 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3541 }
3542
3543
3544 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3545 boosted.
3546
3547 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3548 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3549 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3550 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3551 use an additional additive factor.
3552
3553 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3554 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3555 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3556
3557
3558 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3559 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3560 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3561 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3562 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3563 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3564
3565 static int
3566 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3567 struct frame *f;
3568 COLORREF *color;
3569 double factor;
3570 int delta;
3571 {
3572 COLORREF new;
3573 long bright;
3574
3575 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3576 delta /= 256;
3577
3578 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3579 xassert (factor >= 0);
3580 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3581 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3582 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3583
3584 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3585 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3586 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3587
3588 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3589 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3590 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3591 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3592 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3593 {
3594 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3595 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3596 /* The additive adjustment. */
3597 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3598
3599 if (factor < 1)
3600 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3601 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3602 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3603 else
3604 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3605 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3606 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3607 }
3608
3609 if (new == *color)
3610 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3611 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3612 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3613
3614 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3615 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3616
3617 if (new == *color)
3618 return 0;
3619
3620 *color = new;
3621
3622 return 1;
3623 }
3624
3625
3626 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3627 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3628 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3629 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3630 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3631 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3632
3633 static void
3634 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3635 struct frame *f;
3636 struct relief *relief;
3637 double factor;
3638 int delta;
3639 COLORREF default_pixel;
3640 {
3641 XGCValues xgcv;
3642 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3643 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3644 COLORREF pixel;
3645 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3646 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3647
3648 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3649
3650 /* Allocate new color. */
3651 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3652 pixel = background;
3653 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3654 {
3655 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3656 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3657 }
3658
3659 if (relief->gc == 0)
3660 {
3661 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3662 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3663 mask |= GCStipple;
3664 #endif
3665 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3666 }
3667 else
3668 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3669 }
3670
3671
3672 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3673
3674 static void
3675 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3676 struct glyph_string *s;
3677 {
3678 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3679 COLORREF color;
3680
3681 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3682 color = s->face->box_color;
3683 else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
3684 && s->img->pixmap
3685 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
3686 color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
3687 else
3688 color = s->gc->background;
3689
3690 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3691 || color != di->relief_background)
3692 {
3693 di->relief_background = color;
3694 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3695 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3696 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3697 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701
3702 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3703 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3704 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3705 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3706 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3707 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3708 when drawing. */
3709
3710 static void
3711 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3712 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3713 struct frame *f;
3714 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3715 RECT *clip_rect;
3716 {
3717 int i;
3718 XGCValues gc;
3719 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3720
3721 if (raised_p)
3722 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3723 else
3724 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3725
3726 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3727
3728 /* Top. */
3729 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3730 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3731 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3732 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1);
3733
3734 /* Left. */
3735 if (left_p)
3736 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3737 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3738 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3739 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1);
3740
3741 if (raised_p)
3742 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3743 else
3744 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3745
3746 /* Bottom. */
3747 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3748 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3749 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3750 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1);
3751
3752 /* Right. */
3753 if (right_p)
3754 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3755 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3756 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3757 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1);
3758
3759 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3760
3761 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3762 }
3763
3764
3765 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3766 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3767 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3768 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3769 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3770 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3771
3772 static void
3773 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3774 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3775 struct glyph_string *s;
3776 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3777 RECT *clip_rect;
3778 {
3779 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3780
3781 /* Top. */
3782 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3783 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3784
3785 /* Left. */
3786 if (left_p)
3787 {
3788 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3789 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3790 }
3791
3792 /* Bottom. */
3793 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3794 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3795
3796 /* Right. */
3797 if (right_p)
3798 {
3799 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3800 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3801 }
3802
3803 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3804 }
3805
3806
3807 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3808
3809 static void
3810 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3811 struct glyph_string *s;
3812 {
3813 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3814 int left_p, right_p;
3815 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3816 RECT clip_rect;
3817
3818 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3819 if (s->row->full_width_p
3820 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3821 {
3822 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f);
3823 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3824 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3825 }
3826
3827 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3828 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3829 ? s->first_glyph
3830 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3831
3832 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3833 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3834 left_x = s->x;
3835 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3836 ? last_x - 1
3837 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3838 top_y = s->y;
3839 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3840
3841 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3842 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3843 && (s->prev == NULL
3844 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3845 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3846 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3847 && (s->next == NULL
3848 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3849
3850 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3851
3852 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3853 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3854 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3855 else
3856 {
3857 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3858 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3859 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3860 }
3861 }
3862
3863
3864 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3865
3866 static void
3867 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3868 struct glyph_string *s;
3869 {
3870 int x;
3871 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3872
3873 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3874 right of that line. */
3875 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3876 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3877 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3878 else
3879 x = s->x;
3880
3881 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3882 by that margin. */
3883 x += s->img->hmargin;
3884 y += s->img->vmargin;
3885
3886 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3887
3888 if (s->img->pixmap)
3889 {
3890 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3891 if (s->img->mask)
3892 {
3893 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3894 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3895 trust on the shape extension to be available
3896 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3897 manually. */
3898 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3899 | GCFunction);
3900 XGCValues xgcv;
3901 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
3902
3903 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3904 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3905 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3906 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3907 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3908
3909 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3910 image_rect.x = x;
3911 image_rect.y = y;
3912 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
3913 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
3914 if (IntersectRect (&r, &clip_rect, &image_rect))
3915 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3916 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
3917 }
3918 else
3919 #endif
3920 {
3921 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3922 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3923 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3924 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3925 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3926
3927 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3928 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3929 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3930 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3931 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3932 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3933 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3934 #else
3935 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3936 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
3937 #endif
3938 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3939 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3940 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3941 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3942
3943 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3944 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3945 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3946 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3947 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3948 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3949 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3950 {
3951 int r = s->img->relief;
3952 if (r < 0) r = -r;
3953 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
3954 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
3955 }
3956 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3957 }
3958 }
3959 else
3960 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3961 s->img->height - 1);
3962
3963 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3964 }
3965
3966
3967
3968 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3969
3970 static void
3971 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3972 struct glyph_string *s;
3973 {
3974 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
3975 RECT r;
3976 int x;
3977 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3978
3979 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3980 right of that line. */
3981 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3982 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3983 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3984 else
3985 x = s->x;
3986
3987 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3988 by that margin. */
3989 x += s->img->hmargin;
3990 y += s->img->vmargin;
3991
3992 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3993 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
3994 {
3995 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
3996 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3997 }
3998 else
3999 {
4000 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
4001 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
4002 }
4003
4004 x0 = x - thick;
4005 y0 = y - thick;
4006 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
4007 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
4008
4009 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
4010 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4011 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
4012 }
4013
4014
4015 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4016
4017 static void
4018 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
4019 struct glyph_string *s;
4020 HBITMAP pixmap;
4021 {
4022 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4023 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
4024 int x;
4025 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
4026
4027 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4028 right of that line. */
4029 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4030 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4031 x = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4032 else
4033 x = 0;
4034
4035 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4036 by that margin. */
4037 x += s->img->hmargin;
4038 y += s->img->vmargin;
4039
4040 if (s->img->pixmap)
4041 {
4042 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4043 if (s->img->mask)
4044 {
4045 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4046 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4047 trust on the shape extension to be available
4048 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4049 manually. */
4050 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
4051 | GCFunction);
4052 XGCValues xgcv;
4053
4054 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
4055 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
4056 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
4057 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
4058 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
4059
4060 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
4061 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
4062 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4063 }
4064 else
4065 #endif
4066 {
4067 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4068 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4069 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
4070 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
4071
4072 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4073 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
4074 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4075 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4076 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4077 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4078 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4079 #else
4080 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4081 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4082 #endif
4083 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
4084 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4085 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4086 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4087
4088 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4089 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4090 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4091 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4092 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4093 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4094 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4095 {
4096 int r = s->img->relief;
4097 if (r < 0) r = -r;
4098 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
4099 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
4100 }
4101 }
4102 }
4103 else
4104 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4105 s->img->height - 1);
4106
4107 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4108 DeleteDC (hdc);
4109 }
4110
4111
4112 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4113 give the rectangle to draw. */
4114
4115 static void
4116 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4117 struct glyph_string *s;
4118 int x, y, w, h;
4119 {
4120 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4121 if (s->stippled_p)
4122 {
4123 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4124 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4125 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4126 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4127 }
4128 else
4129 #endif
4130 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4131 }
4132
4133
4134 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4135
4136 s->y
4137 s->x +-------------------------
4138 | s->face->box
4139 |
4140 | +-------------------------
4141 | | s->img->vmargin
4142 | |
4143 | | +-------------------
4144 | | | the image
4145
4146 */
4147
4148 static void
4149 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4150 struct glyph_string *s;
4151 {
4152 int x, y;
4153 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4154 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
4155 int height;
4156 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4157
4158 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;
4159
4160 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4161 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4162 flickering. */
4163 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4164 if (height > s->img->height
4165 || s->img->hmargin
4166 || s->img->vmargin
4167 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4168 || s->img->mask
4169 #endif
4170 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4171 || s->width != s->background_width)
4172 {
4173 if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4174 x = s->x + box_line_hwidth;
4175 else
4176 x = s->x;
4177
4178 y = s->y + box_line_vwidth;
4179 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4180 if (s->img->mask)
4181 {
4182 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4183 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4184 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4185 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4186 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4187
4188 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4189 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4190 s->background_width,
4191 s->height, depth);
4192
4193 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4194 pixmap. */
4195 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4196
4197 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4198 if (s->stippled_p)
4199 {
4200 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4201 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4202 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4203 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4204 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4205 }
4206 else
4207 {
4208 XGCValues xgcv;
4209 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4210 &xgcv);
4211 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4212 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4213 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4214 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4215 }
4216 }
4217 else
4218 #endif
4219 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4220
4221 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4222 }
4223
4224 /* Draw the foreground. */
4225 if (pixmap != 0)
4226 {
4227 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4228 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4229 {
4230 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4231 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4232 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4233 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4234
4235 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4236 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4237 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4238 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4239 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4240 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4241 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4242 #else
4243 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4244 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4245 #endif
4246 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4247 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4248 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4249 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4250 }
4251 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4252 pixmap = 0;
4253 }
4254 else
4255 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4256
4257 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4258 if (s->img->relief
4259 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4260 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4261 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4262 }
4263
4264
4265 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4266
4267 static void
4268 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4269 struct glyph_string *s;
4270 {
4271 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4272 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4273
4274 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4275 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4276 {
4277 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4278 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4279 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4280
4281 /* Draw cursor. */
4282 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4283
4284 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4285 if (width < s->background_width)
4286 {
4287 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4288 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4289 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4290 RECT r;
4291 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4292
4293 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
4294 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
4295 {
4296 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
4297 gc = s->gc;
4298 }
4299 else
4300 gc = s->face->gc;
4301
4302 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4303 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4304
4305 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4306 if (s->face->stipple)
4307 {
4308 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4309 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4310 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4311 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4312 }
4313 else
4314 #endif
4315 {
4316 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4317 }
4318 }
4319 }
4320 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
4321 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4322 s->height);
4323
4324 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4325 }
4326
4327
4328 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4329
4330 static void
4331 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4332 struct glyph_string *s;
4333 {
4334 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
4335
4336 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4337 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4338 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4339 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4340 {
4341 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4342 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4343 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4344 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4345 }
4346
4347 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4348 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4349
4350 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4351 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4352 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
4353 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4354 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4355 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
4356
4357 {
4358 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4359 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4360 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4361 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4362 relief_drawn_p = 1;
4363 }
4364 else
4365 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4366
4367 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4368 {
4369 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4370 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4371 break;
4372
4373 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4374 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4375 break;
4376
4377 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4378 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4379 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4380 else
4381 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4382 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4383 break;
4384
4385 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4386 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4387 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4388 else
4389 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4390 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4391 break;
4392
4393 default:
4394 abort ();
4395 }
4396
4397 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4398 {
4399 /* Draw underline. */
4400 if (s->face->underline_p
4401 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4402 {
4403 unsigned long h = 1;
4404 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4405
4406 /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness
4407 of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. */
4408 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4409 {
4410 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4411 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4412 }
4413 else
4414 {
4415 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4416 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4417 }
4418 }
4419
4420 /* Draw overline. */
4421 if (s->face->overline_p)
4422 {
4423 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4424
4425 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4426 {
4427 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4428 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4429 }
4430 else
4431 {
4432 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4433 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4434 }
4435 }
4436
4437 /* Draw strike-through. */
4438 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4439 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4440 {
4441 unsigned long h = 1;
4442 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4443
4444 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4445 {
4446 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4447 s->width, h);
4448 }
4449 else
4450 {
4451 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4452 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4453 }
4454 }
4455
4456 /* Draw relief. */
4457 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4458 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4459 }
4460
4461 /* Reset clipping. */
4462 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4463 }
4464
4465
4466 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4467 struct face **, int));
4468
4469
4470 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4471
4472 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4473 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4474 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4475 use its physical height for clipping.
4476
4477 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4478
4479 static int
4480 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4481 struct glyph_string *s;
4482 struct face **faces;
4483 int overlaps_p;
4484 {
4485 int i;
4486
4487 xassert (s);
4488
4489 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4490
4491 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4492 s->font = s->face->font;
4493 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4494
4495 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4496 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4497 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4498 ++s->nchars;
4499 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4500 ++s->nchars;
4501
4502 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4503 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4504
4505 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4506
4507 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4508 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4509 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4510 characters of the glyph string. */
4511 if (s->font == NULL)
4512 {
4513 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4514 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4515 }
4516
4517 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4518 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4519
4520 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4521
4522 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4523 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4524
4525 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4526 }
4527
4528
4529 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4530
4531 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4532 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4533 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4534 use its physical height for clipping.
4535
4536 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4537
4538 static int
4539 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4540 struct glyph_string *s;
4541 int face_id;
4542 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4543 {
4544 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4545 int voffset;
4546 int glyph_not_available_p;
4547
4548 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4549 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4550 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4551
4552 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4553 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4554 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4555 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4556
4557 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4558
4559 while (glyph < last
4560 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4561 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4562 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4563 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4564 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4565 {
4566 int two_byte_p;
4567
4568 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4569 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4570 &two_byte_p);
4571 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4572 ++s->nchars;
4573 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4574 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4575 ++glyph;
4576 }
4577
4578 s->font = s->face->font;
4579 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4580
4581 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4582 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4583 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4584 characters of the glyph string. */
4585 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4586 {
4587 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4588 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4589 }
4590
4591 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4592 s->ybase += voffset;
4593
4594 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4595 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4596 }
4597
4598
4599 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4600
4601 static void
4602 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4603 struct glyph_string *s;
4604 {
4605 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4606 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4607 xassert (s->img);
4608 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4609 s->font = s->face->font;
4610 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4611
4612 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4613 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4614 }
4615
4616
4617 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4618
4619 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4620 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4621 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4622
4623 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4624
4625 static int
4626 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4627 struct glyph_string *s;
4628 struct glyph_row *row;
4629 enum glyph_row_area area;
4630 int start, end;
4631 {
4632 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4633 int voffset, face_id;
4634
4635 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4636
4637 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4638 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4639 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4640 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4641 s->font = s->face->font;
4642 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4643 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4644 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4645
4646 for (++glyph;
4647 (glyph < last
4648 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4649 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4650 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4651 ++glyph)
4652 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4653
4654 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4655 s->ybase += voffset;
4656
4657 xassert (s->face);
4658 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4659 }
4660
4661
4662 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4663 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4664 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4665 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4666 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4667 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4668 face-override for drawing S. */
4669
4670 static void
4671 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4672 struct glyph_string *s;
4673 HDC hdc;
4674 wchar_t *char2b;
4675 struct window *w;
4676 struct glyph_row *row;
4677 enum glyph_row_area area;
4678 int start;
4679 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4680 {
4681 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4682 s->w = w;
4683 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4684 s->hdc = hdc;
4685 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4686 s->char2b = char2b;
4687 s->hl = hl;
4688 s->row = row;
4689 s->area = area;
4690 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4691 s->height = row->height;
4692 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4693
4694 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4695 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4696 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4697
4698 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4699 }
4700
4701
4702 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4703 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4704 in the drawing area. */
4705
4706 static INLINE void
4707 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4708 struct glyph_string *s;
4709 int start;
4710 int last_x;
4711 {
4712 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4713 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4714 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4715
4716 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4717 && s->area == TEXT_AREA
4718 && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4719 && (s->row->fill_line_p
4720 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4721 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple
4722 || s->row->mouse_face_p))
4723 || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4724 || ((s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4725 && s->row->fill_line_p)))
4726 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4727
4728 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4729 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4730 area. */
4731 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4732 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4733 else
4734 s->background_width = s->width;
4735 }
4736
4737
4738 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4739 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4740 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4741 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4742 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4743 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4744 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4745
4746 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4747 do \
4748 { \
4749 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4750 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4751 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4752 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4753 s->x = (X); \
4754 } \
4755 while (0)
4756
4757
4758 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4759 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4760 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4761 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4762 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4763 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4764 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4765
4766 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4767 do \
4768 { \
4769 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4770 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4771 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4772 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4773 ++START; \
4774 s->x = (X); \
4775 } \
4776 while (0)
4777
4778
4779 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4780 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4781 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4782 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4783 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4784 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4785 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4786 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4787
4788 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4789 do \
4790 { \
4791 int c, face_id; \
4792 wchar_t *char2b; \
4793 \
4794 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4795 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4796 \
4797 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4798 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4799 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4800 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4801 s->x = (X); \
4802 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4803 OVERLAPS_P); \
4804 } \
4805 while (0)
4806
4807
4808 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4809 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4810 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4811 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4812 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4813 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4814 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4815 x-position of the drawing area. */
4816
4817 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4818 do { \
4819 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4820 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4821 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4822 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4823 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4824 wchar_t *char2b; \
4825 struct face **faces; \
4826 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4827 int n; \
4828 \
4829 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4830 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4831 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4832 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4833 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4834 { \
4835 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4836 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4837 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4838 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4839 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4840 } \
4841 \
4842 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4843 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4844 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4845 { \
4846 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4847 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4848 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4849 s->cmp = cmp; \
4850 s->gidx = n; \
4851 s->x = (X); \
4852 \
4853 if (n == 0) \
4854 first_s = s; \
4855 \
4856 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4857 } \
4858 \
4859 ++START; \
4860 s = first_s; \
4861 } while (0)
4862
4863
4864 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4865 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4866 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4867 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4868 x-positions of the drawing area.
4869
4870 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4871 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4872 asynchronously). */
4873
4874 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4875 do \
4876 { \
4877 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4878 while (START < END) \
4879 { \
4880 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4881 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4882 { \
4883 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4884 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4885 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4886 OVERLAPS_P); \
4887 break; \
4888 \
4889 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4890 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4891 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4892 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4893 break; \
4894 \
4895 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4896 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4897 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4898 break; \
4899 \
4900 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4901 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4902 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4903 break; \
4904 \
4905 default: \
4906 abort (); \
4907 } \
4908 \
4909 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4910 (X) += s->width; \
4911 } \
4912 } \
4913 while (0)
4914
4915
4916 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4917 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4918 face-override with the following meaning:
4919
4920 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4921 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4922 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4923 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4924 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4925 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4926
4927 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4928 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4929
4930 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4931
4932 static int
4933 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, overlaps_p)
4934 struct window *w;
4935 int x;
4936 struct glyph_row *row;
4937 enum glyph_row_area area;
4938 int start, end;
4939 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4940 int overlaps_p;
4941 {
4942 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4943 struct glyph_string *s;
4944 int last_x, area_width;
4945 int x_reached;
4946 int i, j;
4947 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4948
4949 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4950 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4951 start = max (0, start);
4952 start = min (end, start);
4953
4954 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4955 end of the drawing area. */
4956 if (row->full_width_p)
4957 {
4958 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4959 or fringes. */
4960 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4961 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4962
4963 x += window_left_x;
4964 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4965 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4966
4967 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4968 {
4969 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4970 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4971 last_x += width;
4972 else
4973 x -= width;
4974 }
4975
4976 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4977 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4978 }
4979 else
4980 {
4981 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4982 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4983 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4987 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4988 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4989 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4990 i = start;
4991 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4992 overlaps_p);
4993 if (tail)
4994 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4995 else
4996 x_reached = x;
4997
4998 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4999 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
5000 strings built above. */
5001 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
5002 {
5003 int dummy_x = 0;
5004 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
5005
5006 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
5007 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5008 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
5009
5010 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5011 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5012 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5013 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5014 draws over it. */
5015 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
5016 if (i >= 0)
5017 {
5018 j = i;
5019 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
5020 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5021 overlaps_p);
5022 start = i;
5023 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5024 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5025 }
5026
5027 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5028 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5029 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5030 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5031 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5032 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5033 strings exist. */
5034 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
5035 if (i >= 0)
5036 {
5037 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
5038 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5039 overlaps_p);
5040 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5041 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5042 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5043 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5044 }
5045
5046 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5047 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5048 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5049 over it. */
5050 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
5051 if (i >= 0)
5052 {
5053 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5054 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5055 overlaps_p);
5056 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5057 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5058 }
5059
5060 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5061 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5062 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5063 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5064 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5065 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
5066 if (i >= 0)
5067 {
5068 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5069 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5070 overlaps_p);
5071 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5072 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5073 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5074 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5075 }
5076 }
5077
5078 /* Draw all strings. */
5079 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5080 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
5081
5082 if (area == TEXT_AREA
5083 && !row->full_width_p
5084 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5085 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5086 completely. */
5087 && !overlaps_p)
5088 {
5089 int x0 = head ? head->x : x;
5090 int x1 = tail ? tail->x + tail->background_width : x;
5091
5092 x0 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x0);
5093 x1 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x1);
5094
5095 if (!row->full_width_p && XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) != 0)
5096 {
5097 int left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5098 x0 -= left_area_width;
5099 x1 -= left_area_width;
5100 }
5101
5102 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1,
5103 row->y, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row));
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5107 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5108 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
5109 if (!row->full_width_p)
5110 {
5111 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5112 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5113 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
5114 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
5115 }
5116
5117 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
5118
5119 return x_reached;
5120 }
5121
5122
5123 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5124
5125 static void
5126 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
5127 struct window *w;
5128 struct glyph_row *row;
5129 enum glyph_row_area area;
5130 {
5131 int i, x;
5132
5133 BLOCK_INPUT;
5134
5135 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5136 x = 0;
5137 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5138 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5139 else
5140 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5141 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5142
5143 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5144 {
5145 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5146 {
5147 int start = i, start_x = x;
5148
5149 do
5150 {
5151 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5152 ++i;
5153 }
5154 while (i < row->used[area]
5155 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5156
5157 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5158 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 1);
5159 }
5160 else
5161 {
5162 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5163 ++i;
5164 }
5165 }
5166
5167 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5168 }
5169
5170
5171 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5172 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5173 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5174 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5175 row being updated. */
5176
5177 static void
5178 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5179 struct glyph *start;
5180 int len;
5181 {
5182 int x, hpos;
5183
5184 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5185 BLOCK_INPUT;
5186
5187 /* Write glyphs. */
5188
5189 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5190 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5191 updated_row, updated_area,
5192 hpos, hpos + len,
5193 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5194
5195 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5196
5197 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5198 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5199 output_cursor.x = x;
5200 }
5201
5202
5203 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5204
5205 static void
5206 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5207 struct glyph *start;
5208 register int len;
5209 {
5210 struct frame *f;
5211 struct window *w;
5212 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5213 struct glyph_row *row;
5214 struct glyph *glyph;
5215 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos;
5216 HDC hdc;
5217
5218 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5219 BLOCK_INPUT;
5220 w = updated_window;
5221 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5222 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5223
5224 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5225 row = updated_row;
5226 line_height = row->height;
5227
5228 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5229 shift_by_width = 0;
5230 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5231 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5232
5233 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5234 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5235 - output_cursor.x
5236 - shift_by_width);
5237
5238 /* Shift right. */
5239 frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x;
5240 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5241 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5242 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5243 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5244
5245 /* Write the glyphs. */
5246 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5247 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5248 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5249
5250 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5251 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5252 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5253 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5254
5255 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5256 }
5257
5258
5259 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5260 for X frames. */
5261
5262 static void
5263 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5264 register int n;
5265 {
5266 struct frame *f;
5267
5268 if (updating_frame)
5269 f = updating_frame;
5270 else
5271 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5272
5273 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5274 return;
5275
5276 abort ();
5277 }
5278
5279
5280 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5281 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5282 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5283
5284 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5285 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5286
5287 static void
5288 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5289 int to_x;
5290 {
5291 struct frame *f;
5292 struct window *w = updated_window;
5293 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5294 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5295
5296 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5297 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5298
5299 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5300 {
5301 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5302 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5303 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5304 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5305 }
5306 else
5307 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5308 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5309
5310 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5311 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5312 if (to_x == 0)
5313 return;
5314 else if (to_x < 0)
5315 to_x = max_x;
5316 else
5317 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5318
5319 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5320
5321 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5322 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5323 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, updated_area,
5324 output_cursor.x, -1,
5325 updated_row->y,
5326 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row));
5327
5328 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5329
5330 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5331 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5332 {
5333 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5334 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5335 }
5336 else
5337 {
5338 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5339 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5340 }
5341
5342 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5343 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5344 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5345
5346 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5347 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5348 {
5349 HDC hdc;
5350 BLOCK_INPUT;
5351 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5352
5353 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5354 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5355 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5356 }
5357 }
5358
5359
5360 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5361 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5362
5363 static void
5364 x_clear_frame ()
5365 {
5366 struct frame *f;
5367
5368 if (updating_frame)
5369 f = updating_frame;
5370 else
5371 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5372
5373 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5374 return;
5375
5376 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5377 longer visible. */
5378 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5379 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5380 output_cursor.x = -1;
5381
5382 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5383 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5384 BLOCK_INPUT;
5385
5386 w32_clear_window (f);
5387
5388 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5389 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5390 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5391
5392 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5393 }
5394
5395 \f
5396 /* Make audible bell. */
5397
5398 static void
5399 w32_ring_bell (void)
5400 {
5401 struct frame *f;
5402
5403 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5404
5405 BLOCK_INPUT;
5406
5407 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell)
5408 {
5409 int i;
5410 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5411
5412 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5413 {
5414 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5415 Sleep (10);
5416 }
5417 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5418 }
5419 else
5420 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5421
5422 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5423 }
5424
5425 \f
5426 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5427 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5428 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5429 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5430
5431 static void
5432 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5433 register int n;
5434 {
5435 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5436 }
5437 \f
5438
5439 \f
5440 /***********************************************************************
5441 Line Dance
5442 ***********************************************************************/
5443
5444 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5445 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5446
5447 static void
5448 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5449 int vpos, n;
5450 {
5451 struct frame *f;
5452
5453 if (updating_frame)
5454 f = updating_frame;
5455 else
5456 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5457
5458 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5459 return;
5460
5461 abort ();
5462 }
5463
5464
5465 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5466
5467 static void
5468 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5469 struct window *w;
5470 struct run *run;
5471 {
5472 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5473 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5474 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5475 HRGN expect_dirty;
5476
5477 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5478 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5479 fringes of W. */
5480 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5481 width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5482 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5483
5484 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5485 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5486 bottom_y = y + height;
5487
5488 if (to_y < from_y)
5489 {
5490 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5491 line at the bottom. */
5492 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5493 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5494 else
5495 height = run->height;
5496 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y);
5497 }
5498 else
5499 {
5500 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5501 at the bottom. */
5502 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5503 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5504 else
5505 height = run->height;
5506 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y);
5507 }
5508
5509 BLOCK_INPUT;
5510
5511 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5512 updated_window = w;
5513 x_clear_cursor (w);
5514
5515 {
5516 RECT from;
5517 RECT to;
5518 HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5519 HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5520
5521 from.left = to.left = x;
5522 from.right = to.right = x + width;
5523 from.top = from_y;
5524 from.bottom = from_y + height;
5525 to.top = y;
5526 to.bottom = bottom_y;
5527
5528 ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty,
5529 NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
5530
5531 /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the
5532 case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */
5533 CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR);
5534
5535 /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */
5536 if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty))
5537 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5538 }
5539
5540 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5541 }
5542
5543
5544 \f
5545 /***********************************************************************
5546 Exposure Events
5547 ***********************************************************************/
5548
5549 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5550 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5551 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5552 the entire frame. */
5553
5554 static void
5555 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5556 struct frame *f;
5557 int x, y, w, h;
5558 {
5559 RECT r;
5560 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5561
5562 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5563
5564 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5565 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5566 {
5567 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5568 return;
5569 }
5570
5571 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5572 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5573 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5574 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5575 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5576 {
5577 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5578 return;
5579 }
5580
5581 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5582 {
5583 r.left = r.top = 0;
5584 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5585 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5586 }
5587 else
5588 {
5589 r.left = x;
5590 r.top = y;
5591 r.right = x + w;
5592 r.bottom = y + h;
5593 }
5594
5595 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5596 mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5597
5598 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5599 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5600 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r);
5601
5602 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5603 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5604 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5605 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5606 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5607 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5608 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5609 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5610 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5611 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5612 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
5613 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
5614 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
5615 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5616 {
5617 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5618 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
5619 {
5620 int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x;
5621 int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y;
5622 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
5623 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y);
5624 }
5625 }
5626 }
5627
5628
5629 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5630 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5631
5632 static int
5633 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5634 struct window *w;
5635 RECT *r;
5636 {
5637 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5638 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5639
5640 while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5641 {
5642 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5643 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5644 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5645 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5646 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5647 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5648 else
5649 mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r);
5650
5651 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next);
5652 }
5653
5654 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5655 }
5656
5657
5658 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5659 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5660
5661 static void
5662 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5663 struct window *w;
5664 struct glyph_row *row;
5665 RECT *r;
5666 enum glyph_row_area area;
5667 {
5668 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5669 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5670 struct glyph *last;
5671 int first_x, start_x, x;
5672
5673 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5674 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5675 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area,
5676 0, row->used[area],
5677 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5678 else
5679 {
5680 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5681 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5682 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5683 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5684 start_x = 0;
5685 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5686 start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5687 else
5688 start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5689 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5690 x = start_x;
5691
5692 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5693 while (first < end
5694 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5695 {
5696 x += first->pixel_width;
5697 ++first;
5698 }
5699
5700 /* Find the last one. */
5701 last = first;
5702 first_x = x;
5703 while (last < end
5704 && x < r->right)
5705 {
5706 x += last->pixel_width;
5707 ++last;
5708 }
5709
5710 /* Repaint. */
5711 if (last > first)
5712 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area,
5713 first - row->glyphs[area],
5714 last - row->glyphs[area],
5715 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5716 }
5717 }
5718
5719
5720 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5721 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5722 non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */
5723
5724 static int
5725 expose_line (w, row, r)
5726 struct window *w;
5727 struct glyph_row *row;
5728 RECT *r;
5729 {
5730 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5731
5732 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5733 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5734 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5735 else
5736 {
5737 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5738 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5739 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5740 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5741 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5742 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5743 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row);
5744 }
5745
5746 return row->mouse_face_p;
5747 }
5748
5749
5750 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5751
5752 static int
5753 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5754 struct window *w;
5755 RECT *r;
5756 {
5757 RECT cr, result;
5758 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5759
5760 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5761 if (cursor_glyph)
5762 {
5763 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5764 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5765 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5766 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5767 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5768 }
5769 else
5770 return 0;
5771 }
5772
5773
5774 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectagle FR. Pixel
5775 coordinates in FR are frame relative. Call this function with
5776 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
5777 mouse-face. */
5778
5779 static int
5780 expose_window (w, fr)
5781 struct window *w;
5782 RECT *fr;
5783 {
5784 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5785 RECT wr, r;
5786 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5787
5788 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5789 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5790 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5791 created window. */
5792 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
5793 return 0;
5794
5795 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
5796 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
5797 later. */
5798 if (w == updated_window)
5799 {
5800 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5801 return 0;
5802 }
5803
5804 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5805 wr.left = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5806 wr.top = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5807 wr.right = wr.left + XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5808 wr.bottom = wr.top + XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5809
5810 if (IntersectRect(&r, fr, &wr))
5811 {
5812 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5813 struct glyph_row *row;
5814 int cursor_cleared_p;
5815
5816 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5817 r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5818
5819 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5820 r.left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.left);
5821 r.right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.right);
5822 r.top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.top);
5823 r.bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.bottom);
5824
5825 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5826 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5827 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r))
5828 {
5829 x_clear_cursor (w);
5830 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5831 }
5832 else
5833 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5834
5835 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5836 for (row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5837 row->enabled_p;
5838 ++row)
5839 {
5840 int y0 = row->y;
5841 int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row);
5842
5843 if ((y0 >= r.top && y0 < r.bottom)
5844 || (y1 > r.top && y1 < r.bottom)
5845 || (r.top >= y0 && r.top < y1)
5846 || (r.bottom > y0 && r.bottom < y1))
5847 {
5848 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5849 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5850 }
5851
5852 if (y1 >= yb)
5853 break;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5857 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5858 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5859 row->enabled_p)
5860 && row->y < r.bottom)
5861 {
5862 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5863 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5864 }
5865
5866 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5867 {
5868 /* Draw border between windows. */
5869 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5870
5871 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5872 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5873 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5874 }
5875 }
5876
5877 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5878 }
5879
5880 \f
5881 static void
5882 frame_highlight (f)
5883 struct frame *f;
5884 {
5885 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5886 }
5887
5888 static void
5889 frame_unhighlight (f)
5890 struct frame *f;
5891 {
5892 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5893 }
5894
5895 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5896 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5897 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5898 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5899 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5900
5901 static void
5902 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5903 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5904 struct frame *frame;
5905 {
5906 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5907
5908 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5909 {
5910 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5911 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5912 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5913
5914 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5915 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5916
5917 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5918 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5919 else
5920 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5921 }
5922
5923 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5924 }
5925
5926 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5927
5928 void
5929 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5930 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5931 {
5932 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5933 }
5934
5935 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5936 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5937 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5938
5939 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5940 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5941 the appropriate X display info. */
5942
5943 static void
5944 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
5945 struct frame *frame;
5946 {
5947 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame))
5948 return;
5949 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
5950 }
5951
5952 static void
5953 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
5954 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5955 {
5956 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame;
5957
5958 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5959 {
5960 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame
5961 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
5962 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
5963 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
5964 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame))
5965 {
5966 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
5967 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5968 }
5969 }
5970 else
5971 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
5972
5973 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
5974 {
5975 if (old_highlight)
5976 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
5977 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
5978 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame);
5979 }
5980 }
5981 \f
5982 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5983
5984 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5985
5986 char *
5987 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
5988 int keysym;
5989 {
5990 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5991 static char value[100];
5992
5993 BLOCK_INPUT;
5994 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
5995 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5996
5997 return value;
5998 }
5999
6000
6001 \f
6002 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6003
6004 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6005 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6006 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6007 not force the value into range. */
6008
6009 void
6010 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
6011 FRAME_PTR f;
6012 register int pix_x, pix_y;
6013 register int *x, *y;
6014 RECT *bounds;
6015 int noclip;
6016 {
6017 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
6018 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
6019 {
6020 *x = pix_x;
6021 *y = pix_y;
6022 return;
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6026 even for negative values. */
6027 if (pix_x < 0)
6028 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6029 if (pix_y < 0)
6030 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6031
6032 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
6033 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
6034
6035 if (bounds)
6036 {
6037 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
6038 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
6039 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6040 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6041 }
6042
6043 if (!noclip)
6044 {
6045 if (pix_x < 0)
6046 pix_x = 0;
6047 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
6048 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
6049
6050 if (pix_y < 0)
6051 pix_y = 0;
6052 else if (pix_y > f->height)
6053 pix_y = f->height;
6054 }
6055
6056 *x = pix_x;
6057 *y = pix_y;
6058 }
6059
6060
6061 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6062 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6063 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6064 return 0. */
6065
6066 int
6067 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
6068 struct window *w;
6069 int hpos, vpos;
6070 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
6071 {
6072 int success_p;
6073
6074 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
6075 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
6076
6077 if (display_completed)
6078 {
6079 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6080 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6081 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
6082
6083 *frame_y = row->y;
6084 *frame_x = row->x;
6085 while (glyph < end)
6086 {
6087 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6088 ++glyph;
6089 }
6090
6091 success_p = 1;
6092 }
6093 else
6094 {
6095 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
6096 success_p = 0;
6097 }
6098
6099 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
6100 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
6101 return success_p;
6102 }
6103
6104 /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and
6105 the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse
6106 button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */
6107 BOOL
6108 parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup)
6109 int message;
6110 int xbutton;
6111 int * pbutton;
6112 int * pup;
6113 {
6114 int button = 0;
6115 int up = 0;
6116
6117 switch (message)
6118 {
6119 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
6120 button = 0;
6121 up = 0;
6122 break;
6123 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
6124 button = 0;
6125 up = 1;
6126 break;
6127 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
6128 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6129 button = 1;
6130 else
6131 button = 2;
6132 up = 0;
6133 break;
6134 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
6135 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6136 button = 1;
6137 else
6138 button = 2;
6139 up = 1;
6140 break;
6141 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
6142 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6143 button = 2;
6144 else
6145 button = 1;
6146 up = 0;
6147 break;
6148 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
6149 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6150 button = 2;
6151 else
6152 button = 1;
6153 up = 1;
6154 break;
6155 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
6156 button = xbutton + 2;
6157 up = 0;
6158 break;
6159 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
6160 button = xbutton + 2;
6161 up = 1;
6162 break;
6163 default:
6164 return (FALSE);
6165 }
6166
6167 if (pup) *pup = up;
6168 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
6169
6170 return (TRUE);
6171 }
6172
6173
6174 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6175
6176 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6177 the mouse. */
6178
6179 static Lisp_Object
6180 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
6181 struct input_event *result;
6182 W32Msg *msg;
6183 struct frame *f;
6184 {
6185 int button;
6186 int up;
6187
6188 parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam),
6189 &button, &up);
6190
6191 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6192 otherwise. */
6193 result->kind = mouse_click;
6194 result->code = button;
6195 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6196 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
6197 | (up
6198 ? up_modifier
6199 : down_modifier));
6200
6201 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6202 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6203 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6204 result->arg = Qnil;
6205 return Qnil;
6206 }
6207
6208 static Lisp_Object
6209 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
6210 struct input_event *result;
6211 W32Msg *msg;
6212 struct frame *f;
6213 {
6214 POINT p;
6215 result->kind = mouse_wheel;
6216 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
6217 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6218 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6219 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6220 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6221 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6222 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6223 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6224 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6225 result->arg = Qnil;
6226 return Qnil;
6227 }
6228
6229 static Lisp_Object
6230 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6231 struct input_event *result;
6232 W32Msg *msg;
6233 struct frame *f;
6234 {
6235 Lisp_Object files;
6236 Lisp_Object frame;
6237 HDROP hdrop;
6238 POINT p;
6239 WORD num_files;
6240 char *name;
6241 int i, len;
6242
6243 result->kind = drag_n_drop;
6244 result->code = 0;
6245 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6246 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6247
6248 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6249 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6250
6251 #if 0
6252 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6253 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6254 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6255 #endif
6256
6257 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6258 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6259
6260 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6261 files = Qnil;
6262
6263 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6264 {
6265 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6266 if (len <= 0)
6267 continue;
6268 name = alloca (len + 1);
6269 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6270 files = Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name)), files);
6271 }
6272
6273 DragFinish (hdrop);
6274
6275 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6276 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6277 result->arg = Qnil;
6278 return Qnil;
6279 }
6280
6281 \f
6282 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6283 The input handler calls this.
6284
6285 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6286 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6287 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6288 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6289
6290 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6291 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6292
6293 static void remember_mouse_glyph P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
6294
6295 static void
6296 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6297 FRAME_PTR frame;
6298 MSG *msg;
6299 {
6300 int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam);
6301 int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam);
6302
6303 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6304 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6305 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6306
6307 #if 0 /* Calling Lisp asynchronously is not safe. */
6308 if (mouse_autoselect_window)
6309 {
6310 int area;
6311 Lisp_Object window;
6312 static Lisp_Object last_window;
6313
6314 window = window_from_coordinates (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y, &area, 0);
6315
6316 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6317 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6318 will be selected iff it is active. */
6319 if (!EQ (window, last_window)
6320 && !EQ (window, selected_window)
6321 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
6322 || (EQ (window, minibuf_window) && minibuf_level > 0)))
6323 Fselect_window (window);
6324
6325 last_window=window;
6326 }
6327 #endif
6328
6329 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6330 {
6331 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6332 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6333 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6334 }
6335
6336 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6337 else if (mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left
6338 || mouse_x > last_mouse_glyph.right
6339 || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top
6340 || mouse_y > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6341 {
6342 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6343 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6344 note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6345 /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only
6346 gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need
6347 to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at
6348 other times. */
6349 remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6350 }
6351 }
6352
6353 \f
6354 /************************************************************************
6355 Mouse Face
6356 ************************************************************************/
6357
6358 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6359 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6360 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6361 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6362 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6363 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6364 date. */
6365
6366 static struct glyph *
6367 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p)
6368 struct window *w;
6369 int x, y;
6370 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6371 int buffer_only_p;
6372 {
6373 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6374 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6375 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6376
6377 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6378 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6379 {
6380 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6381 if (!row->enabled_p)
6382 return NULL;
6383 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6384 break;
6385 }
6386
6387 *vpos = i;
6388 *hpos = 0;
6389
6390 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6391 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6392 return NULL;
6393
6394 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6395 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6396 {
6397 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6398 x0 = 0;
6399 }
6400 else
6401 {
6402 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6403 if (x < left_area_width)
6404 {
6405 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6406 x0 = 0;
6407 }
6408 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6409 {
6410 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6411 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6412 }
6413 else
6414 {
6415 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6416 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6417 }
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6421 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6422 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6423 while (glyph < end)
6424 {
6425 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6426 {
6427 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6428 break;
6429 else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6430 break;
6431 }
6432
6433 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6434 ++glyph;
6435 }
6436
6437 if (glyph == end)
6438 return NULL;
6439
6440 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6441 return glyph;
6442 }
6443
6444
6445 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6446 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6447
6448 static void
6449 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6450 struct window *w;
6451 int *x, *y;
6452 {
6453 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6454 {
6455 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6456 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6457 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6458 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6459 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6460 }
6461 else
6462 {
6463 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6464 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6465 }
6466 }
6467
6468
6469 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6470 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6471 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6472 W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted
6473 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6474
6475 static void
6476 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
6477 struct window *w;
6478 int x, mode_line_p;
6479 {
6480 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6481 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6482 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6483 struct glyph_row *row;
6484
6485 if (mode_line_p)
6486 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6487 else
6488 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6489
6490 if (row->enabled_p)
6491 {
6492 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6493 Lisp_Object help, map;
6494 int x0;
6495
6496 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6497 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6498 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6499 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
6500 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
6501
6502 while (glyph < end
6503 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6504 {
6505 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6506 ++glyph;
6507 }
6508
6509 if (glyph < end
6510 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
6511 && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
6512 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6513 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6514 {
6515 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6516 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6517 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6518 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6519 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6520 if (!NILP (help))
6521 {
6522 help_echo = help;
6523 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6524 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6525 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6526 }
6527
6528 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6529 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6530 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
6531 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6532 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6533 else
6534 {
6535 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6536 Qkeymap, glyph->object);
6537 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6538 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6539 }
6540 }
6541 }
6542
6543 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6544 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6545 #endif
6546 }
6547
6548
6549 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6550 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6551 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6552 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6553
6554 static void
6555 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6556 struct frame *f;
6557 int x, y;
6558 {
6559 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6560 int portion;
6561 Lisp_Object window;
6562 struct window *w;
6563 struct buffer *b;
6564
6565 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6566 if (popup_activated ())
6567 return;
6568
6569 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight)
6570 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6571 return;
6572
6573 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6574 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6575 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6576
6577 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6578 return;
6579
6580 if (gc_in_progress)
6581 {
6582 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6583 return;
6584 }
6585
6586 /* Which window is that in? */
6587 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6588
6589 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6590 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6591 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6592
6593 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6594 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6595 return;
6596
6597 /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */
6598 help_echo = Qnil;
6599
6600 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6601 w = XWINDOW (window);
6602 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6603
6604 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6605 buffer. */
6606 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6607 {
6608 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6609 return;
6610 }
6611
6612 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6613 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6614 {
6615 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
6616 return;
6617 }
6618 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6619 if (portion == 2)
6620 cursor = f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor;
6621 else
6622 cursor = f->output_data.x->text_cursor;
6623 #endif
6624 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6625 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6626 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6627 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6628 portion == 0
6629 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6630 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b)
6631 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b))
6632 {
6633 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6634 struct glyph *glyph;
6635 Lisp_Object object;
6636 Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position;
6637 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL;
6638 int len, noverlays;
6639 struct buffer *obuf;
6640 int obegv, ozv, same_region;
6641
6642 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6643 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0);
6644
6645 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6646 if (glyph == NULL
6647 || area != TEXT_AREA
6648 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6649 {
6650 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6651 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6652 goto set_cursor;
6653 }
6654
6655 pos = glyph->charpos;
6656 object = glyph->object;
6657 if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object))
6658 goto set_cursor;
6659
6660 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6661 if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b))
6662 goto set_cursor;
6663
6664 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6665 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6666 obuf = current_buffer;
6667 current_buffer = b;
6668 obegv = BEGV;
6669 ozv = ZV;
6670 BEGV = BEG;
6671 ZV = Z;
6672
6673 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6674 position = make_number (pos);
6675
6676 if (BUFFERP (object))
6677 {
6678 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6679 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6680 enough space for all, and try again. */
6681 len = 10;
6682 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6683 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6684 if (noverlays > len)
6685 {
6686 len = noverlays;
6687 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6688 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6692 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6693 }
6694 else
6695 noverlays = 0;
6696
6697 same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6698 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6699 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6700 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6701 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6702 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6703 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6704 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end));
6705
6706 /* TODO: if (same_region)
6707 mouse cursor */
6708
6709 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6710 if (! same_region
6711 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6712 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6713 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6714 highlight that. */
6715 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)
6716 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)))
6717 {
6718 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6719 property. */
6720 overlay = Qnil;
6721 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i)
6722 {
6723 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6724 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6725 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6726 }
6727
6728 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6729 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6730 if (!NILP (overlay)
6731 && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))
6732 goto check_help_echo;
6733
6734 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay;
6735
6736 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6737 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6738 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6739
6740 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6741 if (NILP (overlay))
6742 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object);
6743
6744 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6745 if (!NILP (overlay))
6746 {
6747 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6748 should be active. */
6749 Lisp_Object before, after;
6750 int ignore;
6751
6752 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6753 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6754 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6755 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6756 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6757 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6758 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6759 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6760
6761 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6762 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6763 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6764 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6765 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6766 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6767 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6768
6769 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6770 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6771 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6772
6773 /* Display it as active. */
6774 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6775 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6776 }
6777 /* Handle the text property case. */
6778 else if (! NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object))
6779 {
6780 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6781 should be active. */
6782 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6783 int ignore;
6784
6785 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6786 end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object))
6787 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos));
6788 before
6789 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6790 Qmouse_face,
6791 object, beginning);
6792 after
6793 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6794 object, end);
6795
6796 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6797 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6798 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6799 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6800 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6801 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6802 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6803 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6804 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6805 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6806 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6807 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6808 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6809
6810 if (BUFFERP (object))
6811 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6812 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6813 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6814
6815 /* Display it as active. */
6816 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6817 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6818 }
6819 else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object))
6820 {
6821 Lisp_Object b, e;
6822 int ignore;
6823
6824 b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6825 Qmouse_face,
6826 object, Qnil);
6827 e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6828 object, Qnil);
6829 if (NILP (b))
6830 b = make_number (0);
6831 if (NILP (e))
6832 e = make_number (XSTRING (object)->size - 1);
6833 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object,
6834 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6835 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6836 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6837 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0);
6838 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object,
6839 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6840 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6841 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6842 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1);
6843 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6844 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6845 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6846 = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore,
6847 glyph->face_id, 1);
6848 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6849 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6850 }
6851 else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face))
6852 {
6853 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
6854 the text ``under'' it might have. */
6855 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6856 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6857
6858 pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6859 if (pos > 0)
6860 mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos),
6861 Qmouse_face,
6862 w->buffer,
6863 &overlay);
6864 if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay))
6865 {
6866 Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6867 Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6868 int ignore;
6869
6870 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
6871 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
6872 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
6873 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
6874 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
6875 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6876 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6877 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6878 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6879 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y,
6880 object);
6881
6882 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6883 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6884 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6885 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6886 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6887 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y,
6888 Qnil);
6889 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6890 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6891 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6892 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6893
6894 /* Display it as active. */
6895 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6896 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6897 }
6898 }
6899 }
6900
6901 check_help_echo:
6902
6903 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6904 {
6905 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6906
6907 /* Check overlays first. */
6908 help = overlay = Qnil;
6909 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6910 {
6911 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6912 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6913 }
6914
6915 if (!NILP (help))
6916 {
6917 help_echo = help;
6918 help_echo_window = window;
6919 help_echo_object = overlay;
6920 help_echo_pos = pos;
6921 }
6922 else
6923 {
6924 Lisp_Object object = glyph->object;
6925 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
6926
6927 /* Try text properties. */
6928 if (STRINGP (object)
6929 && charpos >= 0
6930 && charpos < XSTRING (object)->size)
6931 {
6932 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
6933 Qhelp_echo, object);
6934 if (NILP (help))
6935 {
6936 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
6937 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
6938 struct glyph_row *r
6939 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6940 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6941 int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6942 if (pos > 0)
6943 {
6944 help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos),
6945 Qhelp_echo, w->buffer);
6946 if (!NILP (help))
6947 {
6948 charpos = pos;
6949 object = w->buffer;
6950 }
6951 }
6952 }
6953 }
6954 else if (BUFFERP (object)
6955 && charpos >= BEGV
6956 && charpos < ZV)
6957 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo,
6958 object);
6959
6960 if (!NILP (help))
6961 {
6962 help_echo = help;
6963 help_echo_window = window;
6964 help_echo_object = object;
6965 help_echo_pos = charpos;
6966 }
6967 }
6968 }
6969
6970 BEGV = obegv;
6971 ZV = ozv;
6972 current_buffer = obuf;
6973 }
6974
6975 set_cursor:
6976 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6977 ;
6978 }
6979
6980 static void
6981 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6982 {
6983 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6984 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
6985 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
6986 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
6987 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
6988 }
6989
6990
6991 \f
6992 /***********************************************************************
6993 Tool-bars
6994 ***********************************************************************/
6995
6996 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
6997 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
6998
6999 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7000 or -1. */
7001
7002 static int last_tool_bar_item;
7003
7004
7005 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7006 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7007 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7008 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7009 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7010
7011 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7012 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7013 1 otherwise. */
7014
7015 static int
7016 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
7017 struct frame *f;
7018 int x, y;
7019 struct glyph **glyph;
7020 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
7021 {
7022 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7023 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7024 int area;
7025
7026 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7027 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0);
7028 if (*glyph == NULL)
7029 return -1;
7030
7031 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7032 f->tool_bar_items. */
7033 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
7034 return -1;
7035
7036 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7037 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
7038 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7039 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7040 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7041 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
7042 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7043 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
7044 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
7045 return 0;
7046
7047 return 1;
7048 }
7049
7050
7051 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7052 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7053 or ButtonRelase. */
7054
7055 static void
7056 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
7057 struct frame *f;
7058 struct input_event *button_event;
7059 {
7060 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7061 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7062 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
7063 struct glyph *glyph;
7064 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7065 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
7066 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
7067
7068 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7069 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7070 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
7071 return;
7072
7073 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7074 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7075 if (NILP (enabled_p))
7076 return;
7077
7078 if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier)
7079 {
7080 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7081 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
7082 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
7083 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
7084 }
7085 else
7086 {
7087 Lisp_Object key, frame;
7088 struct input_event event;
7089
7090 /* Show item in released state. */
7091 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
7092 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7093
7094 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
7095
7096 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7097 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7098 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7099 event.arg = frame;
7100 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7101
7102 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7103 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7104 event.arg = key;
7105 /* The keyboard buffer doesn't like the up modifier being set. */
7106 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier;
7107 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7108 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
7109 }
7110 }
7111
7112
7113 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7114 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7115 note_mouse_highlight. */
7116
7117 static void
7118 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
7119 struct frame *f;
7120 int x, y;
7121 {
7122 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
7123 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7124 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7125 int hpos, vpos;
7126 struct glyph *glyph;
7127 struct glyph_row *row;
7128 int i;
7129 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7130 int prop_idx;
7131 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7132 int mouse_down_p, rc;
7133
7134 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7135 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7136 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
7137 {
7138 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7139 return;
7140 }
7141
7142 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
7143 if (rc < 0)
7144 {
7145 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7146 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7147 return;
7148 }
7149 else if (rc == 0)
7150 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
7151 goto set_help_echo;
7152
7153 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7154
7155 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7156 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
7157 && f == last_mouse_frame
7158 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
7159 if (mouse_down_p
7160 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
7161 return;
7162
7163 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
7164 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7165
7166 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7167 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7168 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
7169 {
7170 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7171 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7172 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
7173 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
7174 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
7175
7176 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7177 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
7178 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
7179 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
7180 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
7181 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
7182
7183 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
7184 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
7185 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
7186 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
7187 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
7188 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
7189
7190 /* Display it as active. */
7191 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
7192 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
7193 }
7194
7195 set_help_echo:
7196
7197 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7198 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
7199 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
7200 help_echo_pos = -1;
7201 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
7202 if (NILP (help_echo))
7203 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
7204 }
7205
7206
7207 \f
7208 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7209 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7210 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7211 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7212 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7213 having STOP as object. */
7214
7215 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7216 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7217 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7218 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7219 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7220
7221 static int
7222 fast_find_position (w, charpos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7223 struct window *w;
7224 int charpos;
7225 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7226 Lisp_Object stop;
7227 {
7228 struct glyph_row *row, *first;
7229 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
7230 int i, past_end = 0;
7231
7232 first = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7233 row = row_containing_pos (w, charpos, first, NULL, 0);
7234 if (row == NULL)
7235 {
7236 if (charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first))
7237 {
7238 *x = *y = *hpos = *vpos = 0;
7239 return 0;
7240 }
7241 else
7242 {
7243 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
7244 past_end = 1;
7245 }
7246 }
7247
7248 *x = row->x;
7249 *y = row->y;
7250 *vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7251
7252 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7253 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7254
7255 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7256 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7257 frames. */
7258 if (row->displays_text_p)
7259 while (glyph < end
7260 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7261 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7262 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7263 {
7264 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7265 ++glyph;
7266 }
7267
7268 while (glyph < end
7269 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7270 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7271 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7272 || glyph->charpos < charpos))
7273 {
7274 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7275 ++glyph;
7276 }
7277
7278 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7279 return past_end;
7280 }
7281
7282 #else /* not 0 */
7283
7284 static int
7285 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7286 struct window *w;
7287 int pos;
7288 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7289 Lisp_Object stop;
7290 {
7291 int i;
7292 int lastcol;
7293 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
7294 int line_start_position;
7295 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7296 struct glyph_row *row, *best_row;
7297 int row_vpos, best_row_vpos;
7298 int current_x;
7299
7300 row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7301 row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7302
7303 while (row->y < yb)
7304 {
7305 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
7306 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
7307 else
7308 line_start_position = 0;
7309
7310 if (line_start_position > pos)
7311 break;
7312 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7313 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7314 else if (line_start_position == pos
7315 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7316 {
7317 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
7318 break;
7319 }
7320 else if (line_start_position > 0)
7321 {
7322 best_row = row;
7323 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
7324 }
7325
7326 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
7327 break;
7328
7329 ++row;
7330 ++row_vpos;
7331 }
7332
7333 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7334 lastcol = 0;
7335 current_x = best_row->x;
7336 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
7337 {
7338 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
7339 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
7340
7341 if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
7342 {
7343 if (charpos == pos)
7344 {
7345 *hpos = i;
7346 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7347 *x = current_x;
7348 *y = best_row->y;
7349 return 1;
7350 }
7351 else if (charpos > pos)
7352 break;
7353 }
7354 else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop))
7355 break;
7356
7357 if (charpos > 0)
7358 lastcol = i;
7359 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
7360 }
7361
7362 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7363 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7364 use the start of the following line. */
7365 if (maybe_next_line_p)
7366 {
7367 ++best_row;
7368 ++best_row_vpos;
7369 lastcol = 0;
7370 current_x = best_row->x;
7371 }
7372
7373 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7374 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
7375 *x = current_x;
7376 *y = best_row->y;
7377 return 0;
7378 }
7379
7380 #endif /* not 0 */
7381
7382
7383 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7384 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7385 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7386
7387 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7388 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7389
7390 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7391 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7392 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7393 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7394 next larger position in OBJECT.
7395
7396 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7397
7398 static int
7399 fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p)
7400 struct window *w;
7401 int pos;
7402 Lisp_Object object;
7403 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7404 int right_p;
7405 {
7406 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7407 struct glyph_row *r;
7408 struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL;
7409 struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL;
7410 int best_x = 0;
7411
7412 for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7413 r->enabled_p && r->y < yb;
7414 ++r)
7415 {
7416 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7417 struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7418 int gx;
7419
7420 for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7421 if (EQ (g->object, object))
7422 {
7423 if (g->charpos == pos)
7424 {
7425 best_glyph = g;
7426 best_x = gx;
7427 best_row = r;
7428 goto found;
7429 }
7430 else if (best_glyph == NULL
7431 || ((abs (g->charpos - pos)
7432 < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos))
7433 && (right_p
7434 ? g->charpos < pos
7435 : g->charpos > pos)))
7436 {
7437 best_glyph = g;
7438 best_x = gx;
7439 best_row = r;
7440 }
7441 }
7442 }
7443
7444 found:
7445
7446 if (best_glyph)
7447 {
7448 *x = best_x;
7449 *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7450
7451 if (right_p)
7452 {
7453 *x += best_glyph->pixel_width;
7454 ++*hpos;
7455 }
7456
7457 *y = best_row->y;
7458 *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows;
7459 }
7460
7461 return best_glyph != NULL;
7462 }
7463
7464
7465 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7466 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7467
7468 static void
7469 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
7470 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7471 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
7472 {
7473 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
7474 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7475
7476 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7477 to do anything. */
7478 w->current_matrix != NULL
7479 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7480 && (draw != DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
7481 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7482 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7483 && dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row < w->current_matrix->nrows)
7484 {
7485 int phys_cursor_on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
7486 struct glyph_row *row, *first, *last;
7487
7488 first = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row);
7489 last = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row);
7490
7491 for (row = first; row <= last && row->enabled_p; ++row)
7492 {
7493 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
7494
7495 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7496 if (row == first)
7497 {
7498 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
7499 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
7500 }
7501 else
7502 {
7503 start_hpos = 0;
7504 start_x = 0;
7505 }
7506
7507 if (row == last)
7508 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
7509 else
7510 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7511
7512 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
7513 {
7514 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
7515 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, 0);
7516
7517 row->mouse_face_p
7518 = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || draw == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7519 }
7520 }
7521
7522 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7523 be displayed again. */
7524 if (phys_cursor_on_p && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
7525 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
7526 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
7527 w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
7528 }
7529
7530 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7531 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7532 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
7533 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7534 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
7535 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
7536 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7537 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
7538 else
7539 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7540 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
7541 #endif
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7545 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7546
7547 static int
7548 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7549 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7550 {
7551 int cleared = 0;
7552
7553 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7554 {
7555 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7556 cleared = 1;
7557 }
7558
7559 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7560 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7561 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7562 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
7563 return cleared;
7564 }
7565
7566
7567 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7568 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7569 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7570
7571 static void
7572 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7573 struct window *w;
7574 {
7575 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7576 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7577 Lisp_Object window;
7578
7579 BLOCK_INPUT;
7580 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7581 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7582 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7583 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7584 }
7585
7586
7587 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7588 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7589
7590 void
7591 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7592 FRAME_PTR f;
7593 {
7594 Lisp_Object window;
7595 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7596
7597 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7598 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7599 {
7600 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7601 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7602 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7603 }
7604 }
7605 \f
7606 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7607 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7608 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
7609 static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *));
7610 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, RECT *));
7611
7612
7613 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7614 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7615 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7616 values. */
7617
7618 static int
7619 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
7620 struct frame *f;
7621 int x, y;
7622 RECT *rect;
7623 {
7624 Lisp_Object window;
7625 int part;
7626
7627 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0);
7628 if (!NILP (window))
7629 {
7630 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7631 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7632 struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
7633
7634 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7635
7636 for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r)
7637 if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y)
7638 {
7639 /* Found the row at y. */
7640 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7641 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7642 int gx;
7643
7644 rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
7645 rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height;
7646
7647 if (x < r->x)
7648 {
7649 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
7650 rect->left = XINT (w->left);
7651 rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
7652 return 1;
7653 }
7654
7655 for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7656 if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x)
7657 {
7658 /* x is on a glyph. */
7659 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7660 rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width;
7661 return 1;
7662 }
7663
7664 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
7665 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7666 rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width);
7667 return 1;
7668 }
7669 }
7670
7671 /* The y is not on any row. */
7672 return 0;
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
7676 static void
7677 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy)
7678 struct frame * f1;
7679 int gx, gy;
7680 {
7681 if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph))
7682 {
7683 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7684 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7685
7686 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7687 round down even for negative values. */
7688 if (gx < 0)
7689 gx -= width - 1;
7690 if (gy < 0)
7691 gy -= height - 1;
7692 #if 0
7693 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
7694 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
7695 the mouse is over. */
7696 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
7697 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
7698 #else
7699 gx = gx / width * width;
7700 gy = gy / height * height;
7701 #endif
7702
7703 last_mouse_glyph.left = gx;
7704 last_mouse_glyph.top = gy;
7705 last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width;
7706 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height;
7707 }
7708 }
7709
7710 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7711 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7712
7713 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7714 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7715 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7716 position on the scroll bar.
7717
7718 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7719 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7720 the mouse is over.
7721
7722 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7723 was at this position.
7724
7725 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7726
7727 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7728 movement. */
7729
7730 static void
7731 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7732 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7733 int insist;
7734 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7735 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7736 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7737 unsigned long *time;
7738 {
7739 FRAME_PTR f1;
7740
7741 BLOCK_INPUT;
7742
7743 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7744 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7745 else
7746 {
7747 POINT pt;
7748
7749 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7750
7751 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7752 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7753 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7754
7755 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7756
7757 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7758
7759 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7760 containing the pointer. */
7761 {
7762 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7763 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7764 {
7765 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7766 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7767 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7768 }
7769 else
7770 {
7771 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7772 f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7773 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7774 }
7775
7776 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7777 if (! f1)
7778 {
7779 struct scroll_bar *bar
7780 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7781
7782 if (bar)
7783 {
7784 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7785 }
7786 }
7787
7788 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7789 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7790
7791 if (f1)
7792 {
7793 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7794 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7795 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7796 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7797 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7798 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7799 the frame are divided into. */
7800
7801 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7802 int ignore1, ignore2;
7803
7804 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7805
7806 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7807 &last_mouse_glyph,
7808 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7809 || insist);
7810 #else
7811 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7812 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y);
7813 #endif
7814
7815 *bar_window = Qnil;
7816 *part = 0;
7817 *fp = f1;
7818 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7819 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7820 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7821 }
7822 }
7823 }
7824
7825 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7826 }
7827
7828 \f
7829 /* Scroll bar support. */
7830
7831 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7832 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7833 bits. */
7834
7835 static struct scroll_bar *
7836 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7837 Window window_id;
7838 {
7839 Lisp_Object tail;
7840
7841 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7842 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7843 tail = XCDR (tail))
7844 {
7845 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7846
7847 frame = XCAR (tail);
7848 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7849 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7850 abort ();
7851
7852 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7853 right window ID. */
7854 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7855 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7856 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7857 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7858 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7859 condemned = Qnil,
7860 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7861 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7862 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7863 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7864 }
7865
7866 return 0;
7867 }
7868
7869
7870 \f
7871 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7872 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7873
7874 static void
7875 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7876 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7877 int portion, position, whole;
7878 {
7879 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7880 double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7881 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7882 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7883
7884 if (whole)
7885 {
7886 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7887 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7888 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7889 if (position + portion >= whole)
7890 {
7891 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7892 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7893 sb_pos = range;
7894 }
7895
7896 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7897 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7898 }
7899 else
7900 {
7901 sb_page = range;
7902 sb_pos = 0;
7903 }
7904
7905 BLOCK_INPUT;
7906
7907 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7908 {
7909 SCROLLINFO si;
7910
7911 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7912 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7913 flicker effects. */
7914 if (draggingp)
7915 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7916 else
7917 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7918 si.nPage = sb_page;
7919 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7920
7921 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7922 }
7923 else
7924 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7925
7926 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7927 }
7928
7929 \f
7930 /************************************************************************
7931 Scroll bars, general
7932 ************************************************************************/
7933
7934 HWND
7935 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7936 struct frame * f;
7937 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7938 {
7939 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7940 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7941 (LPARAM) bar);
7942 }
7943
7944 /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/
7945
7946 BOOL
7947 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7948 {
7949 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7950 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7951 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7952 #else
7953 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7954 #endif
7955 }
7956
7957 void
7958 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7959 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7960 {
7961 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7962 WINDOWPOS pos;
7963 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7964 pos.x = x;
7965 pos.y = y;
7966 pos.cx = cx;
7967 pos.cy = cy;
7968 pos.flags = flags;
7969 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
7970 #else
7971 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
7972 #endif
7973 }
7974
7975 void
7976 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
7977 struct frame * f;
7978 HWND hwnd;
7979 {
7980 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
7981 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7982 }
7983
7984 void
7985 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
7986 HWND hwnd;
7987 {
7988 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7989 }
7990
7991 void
7992 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
7993 struct frame * f;
7994 HWND hwnd;
7995 {
7996 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
7997 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7998 }
7999
8000 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
8001 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
8002 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
8003 scroll bar. */
8004
8005 static struct scroll_bar *
8006 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
8007 struct window *w;
8008 int top, left, width, height;
8009 {
8010 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8011 HWND hwnd;
8012 struct scroll_bar *bar
8013 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
8014
8015 BLOCK_INPUT;
8016
8017 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
8018 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8019 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
8020 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
8021 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8022 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
8023 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
8024 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8025
8026 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
8027
8028 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
8029
8030 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8031 {
8032 SCROLLINFO si;
8033
8034 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8035 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
8036 si.nMin = 0;
8037 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8038 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8039 si.nPage = si.nMax;
8040 si.nPos = 0;
8041
8042 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8043 }
8044 else
8045 {
8046 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8047 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8048 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
8049 }
8050
8051 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
8052
8053 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8054 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8055 bar->prev = Qnil;
8056 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8057 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8058 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8059
8060 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8061
8062 return bar;
8063 }
8064
8065
8066 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8067 nil. */
8068
8069 static void
8070 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
8071 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8072 {
8073 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8074
8075 BLOCK_INPUT;
8076
8077 /* Destroy the window. */
8078 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
8079
8080 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8081 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8082
8083 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8084 }
8085
8086 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8087 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8088 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8089 create one. */
8090 static void
8091 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
8092 struct window *w;
8093 int portion, whole, position;
8094 {
8095 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8096 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8097 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
8098 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8099
8100 /* Get window dimensions. */
8101 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8102 top = window_y;
8103 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8104 height = window_height;
8105
8106 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8107 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8108 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
8109 else
8110 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
8111 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8112 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
8113
8114 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8115 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8116 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
8117 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
8118 else
8119 sb_width = width;
8120
8121 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8122 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8123 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
8124 else
8125 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
8126
8127 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8128 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
8129 {
8130 HDC hdc;
8131 BLOCK_INPUT;
8132 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
8133 {
8134 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8135 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
8136 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8137 }
8138 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8139
8140 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
8141 }
8142 else
8143 {
8144 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8145 HWND hwnd;
8146
8147 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
8148 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8149
8150 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
8151 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
8152 && XINT (bar->top) == top
8153 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
8154 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
8155 {
8156 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
8157 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
8158 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
8159 }
8160 else
8161 {
8162 HDC hdc;
8163 BLOCK_INPUT;
8164 if (width && height)
8165 {
8166 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8167 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8168 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8169 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
8170 left,
8171 top,
8172 width,
8173 height);
8174 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8175 }
8176 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
8177 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
8178 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
8179 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
8180 top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
8181 max (height, 1), TRUE);
8182 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8183 {
8184 SCROLLINFO si;
8185
8186 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8187 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
8188 si.nMin = 0;
8189 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8190 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8191
8192 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8193 }
8194 else
8195 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8196 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8197 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
8198 /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */
8199
8200 /* Remember new settings. */
8201 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
8202 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8203 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
8204 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8205
8206 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8207 }
8208 }
8209 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
8210
8211 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
8212 }
8213
8214
8215 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8216 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8217 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8218 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8219 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8220 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8221 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8222
8223 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8224 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8225 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8226
8227 static void
8228 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
8229 FRAME_PTR frame;
8230 {
8231 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8232 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8233 {
8234 Lisp_Object bar;
8235 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8236 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
8237 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8238 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
8239 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8240 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
8241 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
8242 }
8243 }
8244
8245
8246 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8247 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8248
8249 static void
8250 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
8251 struct window *window;
8252 {
8253 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8254 struct frame *f;
8255
8256 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8257 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8258 abort ();
8259
8260 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
8261
8262 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8263 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
8264 if (NILP (bar->prev))
8265 {
8266 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8267 the lists. */
8268 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8269 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8270 return;
8271 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
8272 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8273 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
8274 else
8275 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8276 one or the other! */
8277 abort ();
8278 }
8279 else
8280 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
8281
8282 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8283 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
8284
8285 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8286 bar->prev = Qnil;
8287 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8288 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8289 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8293 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8294
8295 static void
8296 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
8297 FRAME_PTR f;
8298 {
8299 Lisp_Object bar, next;
8300
8301 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8302
8303 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8304 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8305 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
8306
8307 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
8308 {
8309 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
8310
8311 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
8312
8313 next = b->next;
8314 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
8315 }
8316
8317 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8318 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8319 }
8320
8321 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8322 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
8323
8324 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8325 mark bits. */
8326
8327 static int
8328 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
8329 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8330 W32Msg *msg;
8331 struct input_event *emacs_event;
8332 {
8333 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
8334 abort ();
8335
8336 emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click;
8337 emacs_event->code = 0;
8338 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
8339 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
8340 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
8341 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
8342 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
8343
8344 {
8345 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8346 int y;
8347 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
8348
8349 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8350 {
8351 SCROLLINFO si;
8352
8353 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8354 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8355
8356 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
8357 y = si.nPos;
8358 }
8359 else
8360 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
8361
8362 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8363
8364
8365 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
8366
8367 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
8368 {
8369 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8370 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
8371 break;
8372 case SB_LINEUP:
8373 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
8374 break;
8375 case SB_PAGEUP:
8376 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
8377 break;
8378 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
8379 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
8380 break;
8381 case SB_TOP:
8382 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8383 y = 0;
8384 break;
8385 case SB_BOTTOM:
8386 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8387 y = top_range;
8388 break;
8389 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8390 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8391 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8392 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
8393 bar->dragging = Qt;
8394 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8395
8396 /* "Silently" update current position. */
8397 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8398 {
8399 SCROLLINFO si;
8400
8401 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8402 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8403 si.nPos = y;
8404 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
8405 position, so don't set that directly. */
8406 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
8407
8408 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8409 }
8410 else
8411 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
8412 break;
8413 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
8414 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
8415 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
8416 nothing. */
8417 if (dragging)
8418 {
8419 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8420 {
8421 SCROLLINFO si;
8422 int start = XINT (bar->start);
8423 int end = XINT (bar->end);
8424
8425 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8426 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
8427 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8428 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
8429 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
8430 }
8431 else
8432 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
8433 }
8434 /* fall through */
8435 default:
8436 emacs_event->kind = no_event;
8437 return FALSE;
8438 }
8439
8440 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
8441 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
8442
8443 return TRUE;
8444 }
8445 }
8446
8447 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8448 on the scroll bar. */
8449
8450 static void
8451 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
8452 FRAME_PTR *fp;
8453 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
8454 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
8455 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
8456 unsigned long *time;
8457 {
8458 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
8459 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8460 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8461 int pos;
8462 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8463
8464 BLOCK_INPUT;
8465
8466 *fp = f;
8467 *bar_window = bar->window;
8468
8469 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8470 {
8471 SCROLLINFO si;
8472
8473 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8474 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
8475
8476 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
8477 pos = si.nPos;
8478 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
8479 }
8480 else
8481 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
8482
8483 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
8484 {
8485 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8486 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8487 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8488 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8489 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
8490 break;
8491 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8492 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8493 pos++;
8494 break;
8495 default:
8496 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8497 break;
8498 }
8499
8500 XSETINT (*x, pos);
8501 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
8502
8503 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8504 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8505
8506 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
8507
8508 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8509 }
8510
8511
8512 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8513 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8514 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8515 redraw them. */
8516
8517 void
8518 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
8519 FRAME_PTR f;
8520 {
8521 Lisp_Object bar;
8522
8523 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8524 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8525 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8526 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8527 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
8528 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
8529 {
8530 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
8531 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
8532 RECT rect;
8533
8534 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
8535 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
8536 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
8537
8538 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
8539 select_palette (f, hdc);
8540 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
8541 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
8542
8543 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
8544 }
8545 }
8546
8547 \f
8548 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
8549
8550 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8551 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8552
8553 static int temp_index;
8554 static short temp_buffer[100];
8555
8556
8557 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8558 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8559 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8560
8561 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8562 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8563 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8564 thus pretending to be `read'.
8565
8566 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8567
8568 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8569 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8570 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8571 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8572 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8573 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8574 recursively with different messages by the system.
8575 */
8576
8577 int
8578 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
8579 register int sd;
8580 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
8581 /* register */ int numchars;
8582 int expected;
8583 {
8584 int count = 0;
8585 int check_visibility = 0;
8586 W32Msg msg;
8587 struct frame *f;
8588 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
8589
8590 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
8591 {
8592 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
8593 return -1;
8594 }
8595
8596 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
8597 BLOCK_INPUT;
8598
8599 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8600 input_signal_count++;
8601
8602 if (numchars <= 0)
8603 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8604
8605 /* TODO: tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8606 cursors. */
8607 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
8608 {
8609 switch (msg.msg.message)
8610 {
8611 case WM_PAINT:
8612 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8613
8614 if (f)
8615 {
8616 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8617 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8618 {
8619 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8620 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8621 DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f,
8622 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8623 }
8624 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8625 {
8626 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8627 f->async_visible = 1;
8628 f->async_iconified = 0;
8629 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8630 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f,
8631 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8632
8633 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8634 visibility changes properly. */
8635 if (f->iconified)
8636 {
8637 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8638 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8639 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8640 bufp++;
8641 count++;
8642 numchars--;
8643 }
8644 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8645 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8646 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8647 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8648 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8649 }
8650 else
8651 {
8652 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8653
8654 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8655 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8656 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8657 expose_frame (f,
8658 msg.rect.left,
8659 msg.rect.top,
8660 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8661 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8662 }
8663 }
8664 break;
8665
8666 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8667 /* Generate a language change event. */
8668 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8669
8670 if (f)
8671 {
8672 if (numchars == 0)
8673 abort ();
8674
8675 bufp->kind = language_change_event;
8676 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8677 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8678 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8679 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8680 bufp++;
8681 count++;
8682 numchars--;
8683 }
8684 break;
8685
8686 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8687 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8688 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8689
8690 if (f && !f->iconified)
8691 {
8692 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8693 {
8694 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8695 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8696 }
8697
8698 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8699 temp_index = 0;
8700 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8701 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
8702 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8703 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8704 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8705 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8706 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8707 bufp++;
8708 numchars--;
8709 count++;
8710 }
8711 break;
8712
8713 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8714 case WM_CHAR:
8715 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8716
8717 if (f && !f->iconified)
8718 {
8719 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8720 {
8721 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8722 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8723 }
8724
8725 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8726 temp_index = 0;
8727 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8728 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
8729 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8730 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8731 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8732 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8733 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8734 bufp++;
8735 numchars--;
8736 count++;
8737 }
8738 break;
8739
8740 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8741 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8742 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8743 help_echo_pos = -1;
8744
8745 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8746 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8747 f = last_mouse_frame;
8748 else
8749 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8750
8751 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
8752 {
8753 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
8754 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8755 }
8756
8757 if (f)
8758 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8759 else
8760 {
8761 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8762 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8763 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8764 }
8765
8766 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8767 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8768 if (help_echo != previous_help_echo)
8769 {
8770 Lisp_Object frame;
8771 int n;
8772
8773 if (f)
8774 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8775 else
8776 frame = Qnil;
8777
8778 any_help_event_p = 1;
8779 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8780 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8781 help_echo_pos);
8782 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8783 }
8784 break;
8785
8786 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8787 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8788 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8789 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8790 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8791 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8792 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
8793 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
8794 {
8795 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8796 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8797 struct input_event emacs_event;
8798 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8799 int button;
8800 int up;
8801
8802 emacs_event.kind = no_event;
8803
8804 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8805 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8806 f = last_mouse_frame;
8807 else
8808 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8809
8810 if (f)
8811 {
8812 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8813
8814 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8815 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8816 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8817 {
8818 Lisp_Object window;
8819 int p, x, y;
8820
8821 x = XFASTINT (emacs_event.x);
8822 y = XFASTINT (emacs_event.y);
8823
8824 /* Set x and y. */
8825 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
8826
8827 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8828 {
8829 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8830 tool_bar_p = 1;
8831 }
8832 }
8833
8834 if (!tool_bar_p)
8835 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8836 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8837 && (numchars >= 1))
8838 {
8839 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8840 bufp++;
8841 count++;
8842 numchars--;
8843 }
8844 }
8845
8846 parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam),
8847 &button, &up);
8848
8849 if (up)
8850 {
8851 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8852 }
8853 else
8854 {
8855 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8856 last_mouse_frame = f;
8857 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8858 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8859 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8860 the ButtonPress. */
8861 if (f != 0)
8862 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8863
8864 if (!tool_bar_p)
8865 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8866 }
8867 break;
8868 }
8869
8870 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8871 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8872 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8873 f = last_mouse_frame;
8874 else
8875 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8876
8877 if (f)
8878 {
8879 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8880 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8881 && (numchars >= 1))
8882 {
8883 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8884 bufp++;
8885 count++;
8886 numchars--;
8887 }
8888 }
8889 break;
8890
8891 case WM_DROPFILES:
8892 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8893
8894 if (f)
8895 {
8896 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8897 bufp++;
8898 count++;
8899 numchars--;
8900 }
8901 break;
8902
8903 case WM_VSCROLL:
8904 {
8905 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8906 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8907
8908 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8909 {
8910 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8911 {
8912 bufp++;
8913 count++;
8914 numchars--;
8915 }
8916 }
8917 break;
8918 }
8919
8920 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8921 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8922 if (f)
8923 {
8924 x_check_fullscreen_move(f);
8925 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
8926 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &=
8927 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH);
8928 }
8929 check_visibility = 1;
8930 break;
8931
8932 case WM_ACTIVATE:
8933 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
8934 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8935 if (f)
8936 x_check_fullscreen (f);
8937 check_visibility = 1;
8938 break;
8939
8940 case WM_MOVE:
8941 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8942
8943 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
8944 {
8945 int x, y;
8946
8947 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8948 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8949 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8950 }
8951
8952 check_visibility = 1;
8953 break;
8954
8955 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
8956 /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means
8957 about to be hidden. */
8958 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
8959 if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window)
8960 {
8961 tip_window = NULL;
8962 redo_mouse_highlight ();
8963 }
8964
8965 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8966 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8967 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8968 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8969 #if 0
8970 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
8971 check_visibility = 1;
8972 else
8973 {
8974 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8975 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
8976 }
8977 #endif
8978
8979 check_visibility = 1;
8980 break;
8981
8982 case WM_SIZE:
8983 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8984
8985 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8986 if (f)
8987 {
8988 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
8989 {
8990 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
8991 f->async_visible = 0;
8992 f->async_iconified = 1;
8993
8994 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
8995 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8996 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8997 bufp++;
8998 count++;
8999 numchars--;
9000 break;
9001
9002 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
9003 case SIZE_RESTORED:
9004 f->async_visible = 1;
9005 f->async_iconified = 0;
9006
9007 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
9008 the frame's display structures. */
9009 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9010
9011 if (f->iconified)
9012 {
9013 int x, y;
9014
9015 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
9016 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
9017 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
9018 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
9019 as the co-ords. */
9020 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
9021 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
9022 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
9023
9024 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
9025 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9026 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9027 bufp++;
9028 count++;
9029 numchars--;
9030 }
9031 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
9032 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
9033 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9034 to update the frame titles
9035 in case this is the second frame. */
9036 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9037 break;
9038 }
9039 }
9040
9041 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
9042 {
9043 RECT rect;
9044 int rows;
9045 int columns;
9046 int width;
9047 int height;
9048
9049 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
9050
9051 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
9052 width = rect.right - rect.left;
9053
9054 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
9055 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
9056
9057 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
9058
9059 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9060 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9061 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9062
9063 if (columns != f->width
9064 || rows != f->height
9065 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
9066 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
9067 {
9068 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
9069 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9070 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9071 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
9072 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
9073 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9074 }
9075 }
9076
9077 check_visibility = 1;
9078 break;
9079
9080 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
9081 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9082 if (f)
9083 {
9084 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9085 {
9086 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9087 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9088 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9089 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9090 }
9091
9092 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9093 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9094 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9095 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9096 if (any_help_event_p)
9097 {
9098 Lisp_Object frame;
9099 int n;
9100
9101 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9102 help_echo = Qnil;
9103 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9104 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9105 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
9106 }
9107 }
9108 break;
9109
9110 case WM_SETFOCUS:
9111 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9112
9113 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
9114
9115 if (f)
9116 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
9117
9118
9119 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9120 check_visibility = 1;
9121 break;
9122
9123 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
9124 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
9125 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9126
9127 if (f)
9128 {
9129 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9130 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9131
9132 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9133 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
9134
9135 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9136 {
9137 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9138 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9139 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9140 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9141 }
9142
9143 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9144 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9145 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9146 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9147 if (any_help_event_p)
9148 {
9149 Lisp_Object frame;
9150 int n;
9151
9152 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9153 help_echo = Qnil;
9154 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9155 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9156 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
9157 }
9158 }
9159
9160 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9161 check_visibility = 1;
9162 break;
9163
9164 case WM_CLOSE:
9165 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9166
9167 if (f)
9168 {
9169 if (numchars == 0)
9170 abort ();
9171
9172 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
9173 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9174 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9175 bufp++;
9176 count++;
9177 numchars--;
9178 }
9179 break;
9180
9181 case WM_INITMENU:
9182 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9183
9184 if (f)
9185 {
9186 if (numchars == 0)
9187 abort ();
9188
9189 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event;
9190 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9191 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9192 bufp++;
9193 count++;
9194 numchars--;
9195 }
9196 break;
9197
9198 case WM_COMMAND:
9199 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9200
9201 if (f)
9202 {
9203 extern void menubar_selection_callback
9204 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
9205 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
9206 }
9207
9208 check_visibility = 1;
9209 break;
9210
9211 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
9212 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9213
9214 if (f)
9215 {
9216 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9217 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9218 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
9219 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
9220 dpyinfo->height));
9221 }
9222
9223 check_visibility = 1;
9224 break;
9225
9226 default:
9227 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
9228 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
9229 {
9230 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
9231 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
9232 f = last_mouse_frame;
9233 else
9234 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9235
9236 if (f)
9237 {
9238 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
9239 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9240 && (numchars >= 1))
9241 {
9242 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
9243 bufp++;
9244 count++;
9245 numchars--;
9246 }
9247 }
9248 }
9249 break;
9250 }
9251 }
9252
9253 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
9254 raise it now. */
9255 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9256 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
9257 {
9258 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
9259 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
9260 }
9261
9262 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
9263 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
9264 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
9265 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
9266 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
9267 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
9268 {
9269 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9270
9271 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9272 {
9273 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
9274 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the
9275 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9276 if (EQ (frame, tip_frame))
9277 continue;
9278
9279 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
9280 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
9281 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
9282 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
9283 {
9284 RECT clipbox;
9285 HDC hdc;
9286
9287 enter_crit ();
9288 /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area
9289 (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC).
9290 Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as
9291 part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think
9292 the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still
9293 visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */
9294 hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9295 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
9296 ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
9297 leave_crit ();
9298
9299 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
9300 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
9301 {
9302 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
9303 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
9304 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
9305 will skip it). */
9306 f->async_visible = 2;
9307
9308 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9309 {
9310 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f,
9311 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
9312 }
9313 }
9314 else
9315 {
9316 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
9317 f->async_visible = 1;
9318
9319 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9320 {
9321 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9322 DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f,
9323 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
9324
9325 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
9326 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9327 }
9328 }
9329 }
9330 }
9331 }
9332
9333 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9334 return count;
9335 }
9336
9337
9338
9339 \f
9340 /***********************************************************************
9341 Text Cursor
9342 ***********************************************************************/
9343
9344 /* Notice if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9345 drawing operation that outputs glyphs starting at START_X and
9346 ending at END_X in the line given by output_cursor.vpos.
9347 Coordinates are area-relative. END_X < 0 means all the rest
9348 of the line after START_X has been written. */
9349
9350 static void
9351 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, y0, y1)
9352 struct window *w;
9353 enum glyph_row_area area;
9354 int x0, x1, y0, y1;
9355 {
9356 if (area == TEXT_AREA
9357 && w->phys_cursor_on_p
9358 && y0 <= w->phys_cursor.y
9359 && y1 >= w->phys_cursor.y + w->phys_cursor_height
9360 && x0 <= w->phys_cursor.x
9361 && (x1 < 0 || x1 > w->phys_cursor.x))
9362 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9363 }
9364
9365
9366 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9367 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9368 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9369 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9370
9371 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9372 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9373 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9374
9375 static void
9376 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
9377 struct window *w;
9378 struct glyph_row *row;
9379 HDC hdc;
9380 int whole_line_p;
9381 {
9382 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9383 RECT clip_rect;
9384 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
9385
9386 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
9387
9388 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
9389 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
9390 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
9391 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
9392 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
9393
9394 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9395 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9396 if (whole_line_p)
9397 {
9398 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9399 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9400 }
9401
9402 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
9403 }
9404
9405
9406 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9407
9408 static void
9409 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
9410 struct window *w;
9411 struct glyph_row *row;
9412 {
9413 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9414 HDC hdc;
9415 RECT rect;
9416 int wd;
9417 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9418 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
9419
9420 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9421 coordinates. */
9422 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9423 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9424 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9425 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height;
9426
9427 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9428 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9429 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9430 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9431 return;
9432
9433 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
9434 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9435 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9436 width instead. */
9437 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
9438 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
9439 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
9440 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
9441
9442 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
9443 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9444 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
9445 DeleteObject (hb);
9446
9447 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9448 }
9449
9450
9451 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
9452
9453 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9454 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9455 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9456 --gerd. */
9457
9458 static void
9459 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind)
9460 struct window *w;
9461 struct glyph_row *row;
9462 int width;
9463 enum text_cursor_kinds kind;
9464 {
9465 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9466 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9467 int x;
9468 HDC hdc;
9469
9470 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
9471 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
9472 and mini-buffer. */
9473 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9474 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9475 return;
9476
9477 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
9478 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
9479 the bar might not be in the window. */
9480 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
9481 {
9482 struct glyph_row *row;
9483 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
9484 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9485 }
9486 else
9487 {
9488 COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
9489 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
9490
9491 if (width < 0)
9492 width = f->output_data.w32->cursor_width;
9493 width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9494
9495 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
9496 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
9497 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
9498 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
9499 that the glyph is legible. */
9500 if (face->background == cursor_color)
9501 cursor_color = face->foreground;
9502
9503 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9504 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9505 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0);
9506
9507 if (kind == BAR_CURSOR)
9508 {
9509 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9510 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
9511 width, row->height);
9512 }
9513 else
9514 {
9515 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9516 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y +
9517 row->height - width),
9518 cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9519 }
9520 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9521 }
9522 }
9523
9524
9525 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9526 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9527 is is about to be rewritten. */
9528
9529 static void
9530 x_clear_cursor (w)
9531 struct window *w;
9532 {
9533 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9534 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
9535 }
9536
9537
9538 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
9539 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
9540
9541 static void
9542 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
9543 struct window *w;
9544 struct glyph_row *row;
9545 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9546 {
9547 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
9548 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
9549 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
9550 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9551 {
9552 int on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
9553 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
9554 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
9555 hl, 0);
9556 w->phys_cursor_on_p = on_p;
9557
9558 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
9559 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
9560 are redrawn. */
9561 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
9562 {
9563 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
9564 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
9565 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
9566
9567 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
9568 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
9569 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
9570 }
9571 }
9572 }
9573
9574
9575 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
9576
9577 static void
9578 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
9579 struct window *w;
9580 {
9581 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9582 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9583 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9584 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9585 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
9586 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9587 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
9588 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9589 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9590
9591 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9592 screen. */
9593 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
9594 goto mark_cursor_off;
9595
9596 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9597 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9598 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
9599 goto mark_cursor_off;
9600
9601 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9602 can do. */
9603 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
9604 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
9605 goto mark_cursor_off;
9606
9607 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
9608 isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and
9609 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
9610 if (cursor_row->visible_height <= 0)
9611 goto mark_cursor_off;
9612
9613 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9614 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9615 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9616 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9617 cursor glyph at hand. */
9618 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9619 goto mark_cursor_off;
9620
9621 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9622 we clear the cursor. */
9623 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9624 && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9625 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9626 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9627 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
9628 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9629 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9630 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
9631 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9632 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9633 mouse highlighting does not. */
9634 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
9635 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
9636
9637 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9638 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
9639 {
9640 int x;
9641 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9642 HDC hdc;
9643
9644 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9645 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9646 goto mark_cursor_off;
9647
9648 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9649
9650 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9651 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
9652 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
9653 cursor_row->y)),
9654 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9655 cursor_row->visible_height);
9656 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9657 }
9658
9659 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9660 if (mouse_face_here_p)
9661 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
9662 else
9663 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
9664 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
9665
9666 mark_cursor_off:
9667 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9668 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9669 }
9670
9671
9672 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
9673
9674 static int
9675 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w)
9676 struct window *w;
9677 {
9678 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
9679 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
9680 int in_mouse_face = 0;
9681
9682 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9683 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w)
9684 {
9685 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9686 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9687
9688 if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9689 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9690 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9691 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
9692 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9693 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
9694 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
9695 in_mouse_face = 1;
9696 }
9697
9698 return in_mouse_face;
9699 }
9700
9701
9702 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9703 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9704 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9705
9706 void
9707 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9708 struct window *w;
9709 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9710 {
9711 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9712 int new_cursor_type;
9713 int new_cursor_width;
9714 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
9715 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
9716 struct glyph *glyph;
9717 int cursor_non_selected;
9718 int active_cursor = 1;
9719
9720 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9721 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9722 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9723 window. */
9724 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
9725 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
9726 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
9727 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
9728 return;
9729
9730 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9731 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9732 return;
9733
9734 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9735 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
9736 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9737
9738 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9739 display the cursor. */
9740 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9741 {
9742 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9743 return;
9744 }
9745
9746 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9747
9748 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9749 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9750 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9751 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9752 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9753 box cursor. */
9754 cursor_non_selected
9755 = !NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows,
9756 w->buffer));
9757 new_cursor_width = -1;
9758 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9759 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
9760 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window))
9761 {
9762 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window))
9763 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9764 else
9765 {
9766 if (cursor_non_selected)
9767 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9768 else
9769 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9770 active_cursor = 0;
9771 }
9772 }
9773 else
9774 {
9775 if (f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame
9776 || w != XWINDOW (f->selected_window))
9777 {
9778 active_cursor = 0;
9779
9780 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9781 || !cursor_non_selected
9782 || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type))
9783 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9784 else
9785 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9786 }
9787 else
9788 {
9789 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9790
9791 if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt))
9792 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9793 else
9794 new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type,
9795 &new_cursor_width);
9796 if (w->cursor_off_p)
9797 {
9798 if (new_cursor_type == FILLED_BOX_CURSOR)
9799 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9800 else if (new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR && new_cursor_width > 1)
9801 new_cursor_width = 1;
9802 else
9803 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9804 }
9805 }
9806 }
9807
9808 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9809 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9810 erase it. */
9811 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9812 && (!on
9813 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9814 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9815 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type
9816 || (new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR
9817 && new_cursor_width != w->phys_cursor_width)))
9818 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9819
9820 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9821 display it. */
9822 if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9823 {
9824 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9825 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9826
9827 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9828 of them may need the information. */
9829 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9830 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9831 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9832 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9833
9834 /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own
9835 cursor remains invisible. */
9836 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
9837 {
9838 if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR)
9839 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9840
9841 new_cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9842 w->phys_cursor_width = -1;
9843 }
9844 else
9845 {
9846 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9847 w->phys_cursor_width = new_cursor_width;
9848 }
9849
9850 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9851
9852 /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the
9853 system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers
9854 and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */
9855 if (active_cursor)
9856 {
9857 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9858
9859 w32_system_caret_x
9860 = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9861 w32_system_caret_y
9862 = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9863 + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9864
9865 /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old
9866 system caret. */
9867 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
9868 && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height))
9869 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0);
9870
9871 w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height;
9872
9873 /* Move the system caret. */
9874 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0);
9875 }
9876
9877 switch (new_cursor_type)
9878 {
9879 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9880 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9881 break;
9882
9883 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9884 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9885 break;
9886
9887 case BAR_CURSOR:
9888 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR);
9889 break;
9890
9891 case HBAR_CURSOR:
9892 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR);
9893 break;
9894
9895 case NO_CURSOR:
9896 break;
9897
9898 default:
9899 abort ();
9900 }
9901 }
9902 }
9903
9904
9905 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9906 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9907 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9908 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9909 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9910
9911 void
9912 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9913 struct window *w;
9914 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9915 {
9916 BLOCK_INPUT;
9917 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9918 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9919 }
9920
9921
9922 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9923 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9924
9925 void
9926 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9927 struct frame *f;
9928 int on_p;
9929 {
9930 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9931 }
9932
9933
9934 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9935 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9936
9937 static void
9938 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9939 struct window *w;
9940 int on_p;
9941 {
9942 while (w)
9943 {
9944 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9945 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
9946 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9947 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
9948 else
9949 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
9950
9951 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
9952 }
9953 }
9954
9955
9956 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9957 of ON. */
9958
9959 static void
9960 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
9961 struct window *w;
9962 int on;
9963 {
9964 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9965 of being deleted. */
9966 if (w->current_matrix)
9967 {
9968 BLOCK_INPUT;
9969 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
9970 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
9971 w->phys_cursor.y);
9972 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9973 }
9974 }
9975
9976
9977
9978 \f
9979 /* Icons. */
9980
9981 int
9982 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
9983 struct frame *f;
9984 Lisp_Object icon;
9985 {
9986 HANDLE hicon;
9987
9988 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
9989 return 1;
9990
9991 if (NILP (icon))
9992 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
9993 else if (STRINGP (icon))
9994 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) XSTRING (icon)->data, IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
9995 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
9996 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
9997 {
9998 LPCTSTR name;
9999
10000 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
10001 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
10002 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
10003 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
10004 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
10005 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
10006 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
10007 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
10008 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
10009 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
10010 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
10011 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
10012 else
10013 return 1;
10014
10015 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
10016 }
10017 else
10018 return 1;
10019
10020 if (hicon == NULL)
10021 return 1;
10022
10023 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
10024 (LPARAM) hicon);
10025
10026 return 0;
10027 }
10028
10029 \f
10030 /************************************************************************
10031 Handling X errors
10032 ************************************************************************/
10033
10034 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
10035 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
10036
10037 x_error_catcher (display, error)
10038 x_catch_errors (dpy)
10039 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
10040 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
10041 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
10042 x_clear_errors (dpy)
10043 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
10044 x_trace_wire ()
10045 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
10046 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
10047 x_error_quitter (display, error)
10048 x_error_handler (display, error)
10049 x_io_error_quitter (display)
10050
10051 */
10052
10053 \f
10054 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10055
10056 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10057 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10058 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10059 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10060
10061 Lisp_Object
10062 x_new_font (f, fontname)
10063 struct frame *f;
10064 register char *fontname;
10065 {
10066 struct font_info *fontp
10067 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
10068
10069 if (!fontp)
10070 return Qnil;
10071
10072 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
10073 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
10074 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
10075
10076 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10077 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
10078 {
10079 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10080 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
10081 }
10082 else
10083 {
10084 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10085 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
10086 }
10087
10088 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10089 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
10090 {
10091 frame_update_line_height (f);
10092 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
10093 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
10094 }
10095 else
10096 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10097 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10098 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
10099
10100 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
10101 }
10102 \f
10103 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10104 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10105 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10106 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10107
10108 Lisp_Object
10109 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
10110 struct frame *f;
10111 char *fontsetname;
10112 {
10113 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
10114 Lisp_Object result;
10115
10116 if (fontset < 0)
10117 return Qnil;
10118
10119 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
10120 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10121 to do. */
10122 return fontset_name (fontset);
10123
10124 result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data));
10125
10126 if (!STRINGP (result))
10127 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10128 return Qnil;
10129
10130 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10131 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
10132
10133 return build_string (fontsetname);
10134 }
10135
10136 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
10137
10138 void
10139 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, redraw)
10140 struct frame *f;
10141 int redraw;
10142 {
10143 int o_left = f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width;
10144 int o_right = f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width;
10145 int o_cols = f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols;
10146
10147 Lisp_Object left_fringe = Fassq (Qleft_fringe, f->param_alist);
10148 Lisp_Object right_fringe = Fassq (Qright_fringe, f->param_alist);
10149 int left_fringe_width, right_fringe_width;
10150
10151 if (!NILP (left_fringe))
10152 left_fringe = Fcdr (left_fringe);
10153 if (!NILP (right_fringe))
10154 right_fringe = Fcdr (right_fringe);
10155
10156 left_fringe_width = ((NILP (left_fringe) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe)) ? 8 :
10157 XINT (left_fringe));
10158 right_fringe_width = ((NILP (right_fringe) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe)) ? 8 :
10159 XINT (right_fringe));
10160
10161 if (left_fringe_width || right_fringe_width)
10162 {
10163 int left_wid = left_fringe_width >= 0 ? left_fringe_width : -left_fringe_width;
10164 int right_wid = right_fringe_width >= 0 ? right_fringe_width : -right_fringe_width;
10165 int conf_wid = left_wid + right_wid;
10166 int font_wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font);
10167 int cols = (left_wid + right_wid + font_wid-1) / font_wid;
10168 int real_wid = cols * font_wid;
10169 if (left_wid && right_wid)
10170 {
10171 if (left_fringe_width < 0)
10172 {
10173 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
10174 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid;
10175 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid - left_wid;
10176 }
10177 else if (right_fringe_width < 0)
10178 {
10179 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
10180 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid - right_wid;
10181 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid;
10182 }
10183 else
10184 {
10185 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
10186 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
10187 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
10188 int fill = real_wid - conf_wid;
10189 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid + fill/2;
10190 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid + fill - fill/2;
10191 }
10192 }
10193 else if (left_fringe_width)
10194 {
10195 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid;
10196 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10197 }
10198 else
10199 {
10200 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10201 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid;
10202 }
10203 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = cols;
10204 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = real_wid;
10205 }
10206 else
10207 {
10208 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10209 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10210 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = 0;
10211 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = 0;
10212 }
10213
10214 if (redraw && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10215 if (o_left != f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width ||
10216 o_right != f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width ||
10217 o_cols != f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols)
10218 redraw_frame (f);
10219 }
10220 \f
10221 /***********************************************************************
10222 TODO: W32 Input Methods
10223 ***********************************************************************/
10224 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
10225
10226 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
10227 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10228 struct xim_inst_t
10229 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
10230 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10231 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
10232
10233 */
10234
10235 \f
10236 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
10237 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
10238
10239 void
10240 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
10241 struct frame *f;
10242 {
10243 POINT pt;
10244 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
10245
10246 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
10247
10248 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
10249 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
10250 But do this only if we will need the results. */
10251 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
10252 {
10253 BLOCK_INPUT;
10254 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10255 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
10256 &pt, 1);
10257 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10258 }
10259
10260 {
10261 RECT rt;
10262 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
10263
10264 BLOCK_INPUT;
10265 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10266 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10267 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10268
10269 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
10270 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
10271 }
10272
10273 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
10274 position that fits on the screen. */
10275 if (flags & XNegative)
10276 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
10277 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
10278 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
10279 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
10280
10281 if (flags & YNegative)
10282 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
10283 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
10284 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
10285 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10286 /* The left_pos and top_pos
10287 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
10288 so the flags should correspond. */
10289 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10290 }
10291
10292 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
10293 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
10294 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
10295 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
10296 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
10297
10298 void
10299 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
10300 struct frame *f;
10301 register int xoff, yoff;
10302 int change_gravity;
10303 {
10304 int modified_top, modified_left;
10305
10306 if (change_gravity > 0)
10307 {
10308 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
10309 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
10310 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10311 if (xoff < 0)
10312 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
10313 if (yoff < 0)
10314 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
10315 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10316 }
10317 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
10318
10319 BLOCK_INPUT;
10320 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10321
10322 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10323 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10324
10325 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10326 NULL,
10327 modified_left, modified_top,
10328 0, 0,
10329 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10330 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10331 }
10332
10333
10334 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10335 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10336 static void
10337 x_check_fullscreen (f)
10338 struct frame *f;
10339 {
10340 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH)
10341 {
10342 int width, height, ign;
10343
10344 x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.w32->left_pos,
10345 &f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10346
10347 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign);
10348
10349 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
10350 when setting WM manager hints.
10351 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
10352 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
10353 if (f->width != width || f->height != height)
10354 {
10355 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0);
10356 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10357 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10358
10359 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
10360 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT;
10361 }
10362 }
10363 }
10364
10365 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
10366 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
10367 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
10368 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
10369 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
10370 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
10371 static void
10372 x_check_fullscreen_move (f)
10373 struct frame *f;
10374 {
10375 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT)
10376 {
10377 int expect_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10378 int expect_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10379
10380 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10381 expect_top = 0;
10382 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10383 expect_left = 0;
10384
10385 if (expect_top != f->output_data.w32->top_pos
10386 || expect_left != f->output_data.w32->left_pos)
10387 x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1);
10388
10389 /* Just do this once */
10390 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT;
10391 }
10392 }
10393
10394
10395 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
10396 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
10397 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
10398 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
10399 */
10400 void
10401 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, width, height, top_pos, left_pos)
10402 struct frame *f;
10403 int *width;
10404 int *height;
10405 int *top_pos;
10406 int *left_pos;
10407 {
10408 int newwidth = f->width, newheight = f->height;
10409
10410 *top_pos = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10411 *left_pos = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10412
10413 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10414 {
10415 int ph;
10416
10417 ph = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height;
10418 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10419 ph = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, newheight)
10420 - f->output_data.w32->y_pixels_diff;
10421 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10422 *top_pos = 0;
10423 }
10424
10425 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10426 {
10427 int pw;
10428
10429 pw = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width;
10430 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10431 pw = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, newwidth)
10432 - f->output_data.w32->x_pixels_diff;
10433 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10434 *left_pos = 0;
10435 }
10436
10437 *width = newwidth;
10438 *height = newheight;
10439 }
10440
10441
10442 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10443 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
10444 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10445 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10446
10447 void
10448 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
10449 struct frame *f;
10450 int change_gravity;
10451 int cols, rows;
10452 {
10453 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
10454
10455 BLOCK_INPUT;
10456
10457 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
10458 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
10459 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
10460 ? 0
10461 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
10462
10463 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
10464
10465 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
10466 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
10467
10468 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10469 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10470
10471 {
10472 RECT rect;
10473
10474 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
10475 rect.right = pixelwidth;
10476 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
10477
10478 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10479 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10480
10481 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10482 NULL,
10483 0, 0,
10484 rect.right - rect.left,
10485 rect.bottom - rect.top,
10486 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10487 }
10488
10489 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10490 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10491 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10492 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10493
10494 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10495 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10496 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10497 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10498 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10499
10500 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10501 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
10502 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
10503 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
10504 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
10505
10506 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10507 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10508 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10509 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10510 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10511
10512 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10513 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
10514
10515 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10516 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10517 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10518 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10519 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10520
10521 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10522 }
10523 \f
10524 /* Mouse warping. */
10525
10526 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
10527
10528 void
10529 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
10530 struct frame *f;
10531 int x, y;
10532 {
10533 int pix_x, pix_y;
10534
10535 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
10536 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
10537
10538 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
10539 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
10540
10541 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
10542 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
10543
10544 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
10545 }
10546
10547 void
10548 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
10549 struct frame *f;
10550 int pix_x, pix_y;
10551 {
10552 RECT rect;
10553 POINT pt;
10554
10555 BLOCK_INPUT;
10556
10557 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
10558 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
10559 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
10560 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
10561
10562 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
10563
10564 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10565 }
10566
10567 \f
10568 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
10569
10570 void
10571 x_focus_on_frame (f)
10572 struct frame *f;
10573 {
10574 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10575
10576 /* Give input focus to frame. */
10577 BLOCK_INPUT;
10578 #if 0
10579 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
10580 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
10581 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10582 else
10583 #endif
10584 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10585 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10586 }
10587
10588 void
10589 x_unfocus_frame (f)
10590 struct frame *f;
10591 {
10592 }
10593
10594 /* Raise frame F. */
10595 void
10596 x_raise_frame (f)
10597 struct frame *f;
10598 {
10599 BLOCK_INPUT;
10600
10601 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
10602 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
10603 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
10604 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
10605 click-to-focus.
10606
10607 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
10608 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
10609 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
10610 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
10611 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
10612 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
10613 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
10614 completely obscured) with input focus.
10615
10616 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
10617 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
10618 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
10619
10620 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
10621 {
10622 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
10623 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
10624 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
10625 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
10626 more cumbersome method. */
10627
10628 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
10629 if (handle)
10630 {
10631 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10632 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10633 HWND_TOP,
10634 0, 0, 0, 0,
10635 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10636
10637 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10638 GetForegroundWindow (),
10639 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10640 0, 0, 0, 0,
10641 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10642
10643 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
10644 }
10645 }
10646 else
10647 {
10648 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10649 }
10650
10651 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10652 }
10653
10654 /* Lower frame F. */
10655 void
10656 x_lower_frame (f)
10657 struct frame *f;
10658 {
10659 BLOCK_INPUT;
10660 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10661 HWND_BOTTOM,
10662 0, 0, 0, 0,
10663 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10664 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10665 }
10666
10667 static void
10668 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
10669 FRAME_PTR f;
10670 int raise_flag;
10671 {
10672 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
10673 return;
10674
10675 if (raise_flag)
10676 x_raise_frame (f);
10677 else
10678 x_lower_frame (f);
10679 }
10680 \f
10681 /* Change of visibility. */
10682
10683 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10684 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10685 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10686 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10687 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10688 finishes with it. */
10689
10690 void
10691 x_make_frame_visible (f)
10692 struct frame *f;
10693 {
10694 Lisp_Object type;
10695
10696 BLOCK_INPUT;
10697
10698 type = x_icon_type (f);
10699 if (!NILP (type))
10700 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10701
10702 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10703 {
10704 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10705 call x_set_offset a second time
10706 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10707 before the window gets really visible. */
10708 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
10709 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
10710 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
10711
10712 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
10713
10714 /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */
10715 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
10716 }
10717
10718 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10719 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10720 so that incoming events are handled. */
10721 {
10722 Lisp_Object frame;
10723 int count;
10724
10725 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10726 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10727
10728 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
10729
10730 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
10731 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
10732 MapNotify at all.. */
10733 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
10734 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
10735 {
10736 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10737 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
10738
10739 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
10740 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
10741 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
10742 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
10743 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
10744 if (input_polling_used ())
10745 {
10746 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
10747 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
10748 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
10749 poll_suppress_count = 1;
10750 poll_for_input_1 ();
10751 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
10752 }
10753 }
10754 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
10755 }
10756 }
10757
10758 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10759
10760 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10761
10762 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
10763 struct frame *f;
10764 {
10765 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10766 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
10767 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10768
10769 BLOCK_INPUT;
10770
10771 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
10772
10773 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10774 just by the event that we get from the server.
10775 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10776 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10777 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10778 f->visible = 0;
10779 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
10780 f->async_visible = 0;
10781 f->async_iconified = 0;
10782
10783 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10784 }
10785
10786 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10787
10788 void
10789 x_iconify_frame (f)
10790 struct frame *f;
10791 {
10792 Lisp_Object type;
10793
10794 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10795 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
10796 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10797
10798 if (f->async_iconified)
10799 return;
10800
10801 BLOCK_INPUT;
10802
10803 type = x_icon_type (f);
10804 if (!NILP (type))
10805 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10806
10807 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
10808 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
10809
10810 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10811 }
10812
10813 \f
10814 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10815
10816 void
10817 x_free_frame_resources (f)
10818 struct frame *f;
10819 {
10820 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10821
10822 BLOCK_INPUT;
10823
10824 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
10825 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10826
10827 free_frame_menubar (f);
10828
10829 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
10830 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
10831 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
10832 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel);
10833 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel);
10834 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel);
10835 if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p)
10836 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel);
10837 if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p)
10838 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel);
10839
10840 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
10841 free_frame_faces (f);
10842
10843 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
10844 f->output_data.w32 = NULL;
10845
10846 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
10847 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
10848 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
10849 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
10850 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
10851 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10852
10853 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
10854 {
10855 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
10856 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10857 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
10858 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10859 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10860 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
10861 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
10862 }
10863
10864 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10865 }
10866
10867
10868 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
10869
10870 x_destroy_window (f)
10871 struct frame *f;
10872 {
10873 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10874
10875 x_free_frame_resources (f);
10876
10877 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
10878 }
10879
10880 \f
10881 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10882
10883 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10884 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10885 that the window now has.
10886 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
10887 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
10888 void
10889 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
10890 struct frame *f;
10891 long flags;
10892 int user_position;
10893 {
10894 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10895
10896 enter_crit ();
10897
10898 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
10899 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
10900 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
10901 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
10902
10903 leave_crit ();
10904 }
10905
10906 /* Window manager things */
10907 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
10908 struct frame *f;
10909 int icon_x, icon_y;
10910 {
10911 #if 0
10912 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10913
10914 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
10915 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
10916 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
10917
10918 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
10919 #endif
10920 }
10921
10922 \f
10923 /***********************************************************************
10924 Fonts
10925 ***********************************************************************/
10926
10927 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10928 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10929
10930 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
10931 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
10932
10933 */
10934
10935 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10936
10937 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10938 font table. */
10939
10940 static void
10941 x_check_font (f, font)
10942 struct frame *f;
10943 XFontStruct *font;
10944 {
10945 int i;
10946 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10947
10948 xassert (font != NULL);
10949
10950 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
10951 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
10952 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
10953 break;
10954
10955 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
10956 }
10957
10958 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10959
10960 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10961 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10962 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10963 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10964 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10965
10966 static INLINE void
10967 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
10968 XFontStruct *font;
10969 int *w, *h;
10970 {
10971 /*
10972 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
10973 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
10974 */
10975 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
10976 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
10977 }
10978
10979
10980 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10981 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10982 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10983 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10984 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10985
10986 int
10987 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
10988 struct frame *f;
10989 {
10990 int i;
10991 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10992 XFontStruct *font;
10993 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
10994 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
10995
10996 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
10997 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
10998
10999 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
11000 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
11001 {
11002 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
11003 int w, h;
11004
11005 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
11006 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
11007 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
11008
11009 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
11010 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
11011 }
11012
11013 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
11014 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
11015
11016 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
11017 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
11018 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
11019 }
11020
11021 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
11022 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
11023
11024 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
11025 x_query_font (f, fontname)
11026 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
11027
11028 */
11029 \f
11030 /***********************************************************************
11031 Initialization
11032 ***********************************************************************/
11033
11034 static int w32_initialized = 0;
11035
11036 void
11037 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
11038 Lisp_Object display_name;
11039 {
11040 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11041
11042 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
11043
11044 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
11045 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
11046 w32_display_name_list);
11047 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
11048
11049 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
11050 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
11051 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
11052 + 2);
11053 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
11054 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
11055
11056 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
11057 with values obtained from system metrics. */
11058 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
11059 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
11060 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
11061 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
11062 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
11063 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
11064 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
11065 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
11066 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
11067
11068 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
11069 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
11070 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11071 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
11072 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
11073 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
11074 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
11075
11076 }
11077
11078 struct w32_display_info *
11079 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
11080 Lisp_Object display_name;
11081 char *xrm_option;
11082 char *resource_name;
11083 {
11084 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11085 HDC hdc;
11086
11087 BLOCK_INPUT;
11088
11089 if (!w32_initialized)
11090 {
11091 w32_initialize ();
11092 w32_initialized = 1;
11093 }
11094
11095 {
11096 int argc = 0;
11097 char *argv[3];
11098
11099 argv[0] = "";
11100 argc = 1;
11101 if (xrm_option)
11102 {
11103 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
11104 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
11105 }
11106 }
11107
11108 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
11109
11110 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11111
11112 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11113 dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
11114 x_display_list = dpyinfo;
11115
11116 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
11117
11118 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
11119 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
11120 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
11121 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
11122 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
11123 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
11124 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
11125 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
11126 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
11127 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
11128 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
11129 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
11130
11131 /* initialise palette with white and black */
11132 {
11133 COLORREF color;
11134 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
11135 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
11136 }
11137
11138 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
11139 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
11140 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
11141 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
11142 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
11143 1, continued_bits);
11144 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
11145 1, 1, continuation_bits);
11146 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
11147
11148 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11149 #ifdef F_SETOWN
11150 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11151 /* stdin is a socket here */
11152 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
11153 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11154 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
11155 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11156 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11157 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11158
11159 #ifdef SIGIO
11160 if (interrupt_input)
11161 init_sigio (connection);
11162 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11163
11164 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
11165
11166 return dpyinfo;
11167 }
11168 \f
11169 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
11170
11171 void
11172 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
11173 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11174 {
11175 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
11176 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11177 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
11178 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11179 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
11180 else
11181 {
11182 Lisp_Object tail;
11183
11184 tail = w32_display_name_list;
11185 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
11186 {
11187 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11188 {
11189 XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
11190 break;
11191 }
11192 tail = XCDR (tail);
11193 }
11194 }
11195
11196 /* free palette table */
11197 {
11198 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
11199
11200 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
11201 while (plist)
11202 {
11203 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
11204 plist = plist->next;
11205 xfree (pentry);
11206 }
11207 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
11208 if (dpyinfo->palette)
11209 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
11210 }
11211 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
11212 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
11213
11214 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
11215 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
11216 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
11217 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
11218 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
11219 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
11220 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
11221 }
11222 \f
11223 /* Set up use of W32. */
11224
11225 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
11226
11227 void
11228 x_flush (struct frame * f)
11229 { /* Nothing to do */ }
11230
11231 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
11232 {
11233 x_produce_glyphs,
11234 x_write_glyphs,
11235 x_insert_glyphs,
11236 x_clear_end_of_line,
11237 x_scroll_run,
11238 x_after_update_window_line,
11239 x_update_window_begin,
11240 x_update_window_end,
11241 w32_cursor_to,
11242 x_flush,
11243 x_clear_mouse_face,
11244 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
11245 x_fix_overlapping_area
11246 };
11247
11248 void
11249 w32_initialize ()
11250 {
11251 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
11252
11253 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
11254 so we must explicitly cast them. */
11255 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
11256 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
11257 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
11258 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
11259
11260 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
11261
11262 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
11263
11264 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
11265 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
11266 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
11267 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
11268 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
11269 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
11270 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
11271 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
11272
11273 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11274 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
11275 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11276 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
11277 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11278 off the bottom */
11279 baud_rate = 19200;
11280
11281 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
11282 w32_system_caret_height = 0;
11283 w32_system_caret_x = 0;
11284 w32_system_caret_y = 0;
11285
11286 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
11287 any_help_event_p = 0;
11288
11289 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
11290 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
11291 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
11292
11293 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
11294
11295 init_crit ();
11296
11297 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
11298 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
11299 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
11300
11301 /* Wait for thread to start */
11302
11303 {
11304 MSG msg;
11305
11306 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
11307
11308 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
11309 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
11310 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
11311
11312 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
11313 }
11314
11315 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
11316 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
11317 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
11318 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
11319 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
11320 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
11321 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
11322 window state. */
11323 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
11324 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
11325 #endif
11326
11327 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
11328 {
11329 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
11330
11331 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
11332
11333 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
11334 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
11335 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
11336
11337 #undef LOAD_PROC
11338
11339 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
11340
11341 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
11342 otherwise use the fixed height. */
11343 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
11344 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
11345
11346 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
11347 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
11348 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
11349 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
11350 }
11351 }
11352
11353 void
11354 syms_of_w32term ()
11355 {
11356 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
11357 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
11358
11359 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
11360 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
11361
11362 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
11363 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11364
11365 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
11366 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
11367 doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */);
11368 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11369
11370 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
11371 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
11372 doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
11373 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */);
11374 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11375
11376 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
11377 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
11378 doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus.
11379 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well
11380 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
11381 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */);
11382 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
11383
11384 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
11385 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
11386 doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
11387 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */);
11388 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
11389
11390 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
11391 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
11392 doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
11393 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
11394 interpreted normally. */);
11395 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
11396
11397 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
11398 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
11399 doc: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.
11400 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying
11401 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.
11402 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no
11403 affect on NT machines. */);
11404 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
11405
11406 help_echo = Qnil;
11407 staticpro (&help_echo);
11408 help_echo_object = Qnil;
11409 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
11410 help_echo_window = Qnil;
11411 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
11412 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
11413 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
11414 help_echo_pos = -1;
11415
11416 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window,
11417 doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
11418 mouse_autoselect_window = 0;
11419
11420 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret",
11421 &w32_use_visible_system_caret,
11422 doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible.
11423 When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
11424 using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen
11425 reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
11426 invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
11427 variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
11428 software is running as it starts up.
11429
11430 When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
11431 the cursor have no effect. */);
11432
11433 /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen
11434 reader is in use. */
11435 if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0,
11436 &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0))
11437 w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0;
11438
11439 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
11440 doc: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
11441 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
11442 wide as that tab on the display. */);
11443 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
11444
11445 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11446 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
11447 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11448 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11449 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11450 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11451 x_use_underline_position_properties = 1;
11452
11453 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
11454 doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
11455 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
11456
11457 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
11458 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
11459 }